tamoxifen 10 MG (as tamoxifen citrate 15.2 MG) Oral Tablet

Generic Name: TAMOXIFEN CITRATE
Brand Name: Tamoxifen Citrate
  • Substance Name(s):
  • TAMOXIFEN CITRATE

WARNINGS

Effects in Metastatic Breast Cancer Patients As with other additive hormonal therapy (estrogens and androgens), hypercalcemia has been reported in some breast cancer patients with bone metastases within a few weeks of starting treatment with tamoxifen.

If hypercalcemia does occur, appropriate measures should be taken and, if severe, tamoxifen should be discontinued.

Effects on the Uterus-Endometrial Cancer and Uterine Sarcoma An increased incidence of uterine malignancies has been reported in association with tamoxifen treatment.

The underlying mechanism is unknown, but may be related to the estrogen-like effect of tamoxifen.

Most uterine malignancies seen in association with tamoxifen are classified as adenocarcinoma of the endometrium.

However, rare uterine sarcomas, including malignant mixed mullerian tumors (MMMT), have also been reported.

Uterine sarcoma is generally associated with a higher FIGO stage (III/IV) at diagnosis, poorer prognosis, and shorter survival.

Uterine sarcoma has been reported to occur more frequently among long-term users (≥ 2 years) of tamoxifen than non-users.

Some of the uterine malignancies (endometrial carcinoma or uterine sarcoma) have been fatal.

In the NSABP P-1 trial, among participants randomized to tamoxifen there was a statistically significant increase in the incidence of endometrial cancer (33 cases of invasive endometrial cancer, compared to 14 cases among participants randomized to placebo (RR = 2.48, 95% CI: 1.27 to 4.92).

The 33 cases in participants receiving tamoxifen were FIGO Stage I, including 20 IA, 12 IB, and 1 IC endometrial adenocarcinomas.

In participants randomized to placebo, 13 were FIGO Stage I (8 IA and 5 IB) and 1 was FIGO Stage IV.

Five women on tamoxifen and 1 on placebo received postoperative radiation therapy in addition to surgery.

This increase was primarily observed among women at least 50 years of age at the time of randomization (26 cases of invasive endometrial cancer, compared to 6 cases among participants randomized to placebo (RR = 4.50, 95% CI: 1.78 to 13.16).

Among women ≤ 49 years of age at the time of randomization there were 7 cases of invasive endometrial cancer, compared to 8 cases among participants randomized to placebo (RR = 0.94, 95% CI: 0.28 to 2.89).

If age at the time of diagnosis is considered, there were 4 cases of endometrial cancer among participants ≤ 49 randomized to tamoxifen compared to 2 among participants randomized to placebo (RR = 2.21, 95% CI: 0.4 to 12.0).

For women ≥ 50 at the time of diagnosis, there were 29 cases among participants randomized to tamoxifen compared to 12 among women on placebo (RR = 2.5, 95% CI: 1.3 to 4.9).

The risk ratios were similar in the two groups, although fewer events occurred in younger women.

Most (29 of 33 cases in the tamoxifen group) endometrial cancers were diagnosed in symptomatic women, although 5 of 33 cases in the tamoxifen group occurred in asymptomatic women.

Among women receiving tamoxifen the events appeared between 1 and 61 months (average = 32 months) from the start of treatment.

In an updated review of long-term data (median length of total follow-up is 6.9 years, including blinded follow-up) on 8,306 women with an intact uterus at randomization in the NSABP P-1 risk reduction trial, the incidence of both adenocarcinomas and rare uterine sarcomas was increased in women taking tamoxifen.

During blinded follow-up, there were 36 cases of FIGO Stage I endometrial adenocarcinoma (22 were FIGO Stage IA, 13 IB, and 1 IC) in women receiving tamoxifen and 15 cases in women receiving placebo [14 were FIGO Stage I (9 IA and 5 IB), and 1 case was FIGO Stage IV].

Of the patients receiving tamoxifen who developed endometrial cancer, one with Stage IA and 4 with Stage IB cancers received radiation therapy.

In the placebo group, one patient with FIGO Stage IB cancer received radiation therapy and the patient with FIGO Stage IVB cancer received chemotherapy and hormonal therapy.

During total follow-up, endometrial adenocarcinoma was reported in 53 women randomized to tamoxifen (30 cases of FIGO Stage IA, 20 were Stage IB, 1 was Stage IC, and 2 were Stage IIIC), and 17 women randomized to placebo (9 cases were FIGO Stage IA, 6 were Stage IB, 1 was Stage IIIC, and 1 was Stage IVB) (incidence per 1,000 women-years of 2.20 and 0.71, respectively).

Some patients received postoperative radiation therapy in addition to surgery.

Uterine sarcomas were reported in 4 women randomized to tamoxifen (1 was FIGO IA, 1 was FIGO IB, 1 was FIGO IIA, and 1 was FIGO IIIC) and 1 patient randomized to placebo (FIGO 1A); incidence per 1,000 women-years of 0.17 and 0.04, respectively.

Of the patients randomized to tamoxifen, the FIGO IA and IB cases were a MMMT and sarcoma, respectively; the FIGO II was a MMMT; and the FIGO III was a sarcoma; and the 1 patient randomized to placebo had a MMMT.

A similar increased incidence in endometrial adenocarcinoma and uterine sarcoma was observed among women receiving tamoxifen in 5 other NSABP clinical trials.

Any patient receiving or who has previously received tamoxifen who reports abnormal vaginal bleeding should be promptly evaluated.

Patients receiving or who have previously received tamoxifen should have annual gynecological examinations and they should promptly inform their physicians if they experience any abnormal gynecological symptoms, e.g., menstrual irregularities, abnormal vaginal bleeding, changes in vaginal discharge, or pelvic pain or pressure.

In the P-1 trial, endometrial sampling did not alter the endometrial cancer detection rate compared to women who did not undergo endometrial sampling (0.6% with sampling, 0.5% without sampling) for women with an intact uterus.

There are no data to suggest that routine endometrial sampling in asymptomatic women taking tamoxifen to reduce the incidence of breast cancer would be beneficial.

Non-Malignant Effects on the Uterus An increased incidence of endometrial changes including hyperplasia and polyps has been reported in association with tamoxifen treatment.

The incidence and pattern of this increase suggest that the underlying mechanism is related to the estrogenic properties of tamoxifen.

There have been a few reports of endometriosis and uterine fibroids in women receiving tamoxifen.

The underlying mechanism may be due to the partial estrogenic effect of tamoxifen.

Ovarian cysts have also been observed in a small number of premenopausal patients with advanced breast cancer who have been treated with tamoxifen.

Tamoxifen has been reported to cause menstrual irregularity or amenorrhea.

Thromboembolic Effects of Tamoxifen There is evidence of an increased incidence of thromboembolic events, including deep-vein thrombosis and pulmonary embolism, during tamoxifen therapy.

When tamoxifen is coadministered with chemotherapy, there may be a further increase in the incidence of thromboembolic effects.

For treatment of breast cancer, the risks and benefits of tamoxifen should be carefully considered in women with a history of thromboembolic events.

In a small substudy (N = 81) of the NSABP-1 trial, there appeared to be no benefit to screening women for Factor V Leiden and Prothrombin mutations G20210A as a means to identify those who may not be appropriate candidates for tamoxifen therapy.

Data from the NSABP P-1 trial show that participants receiving tamoxifen without a history of pulmonary emboli (PE) had a statistically significant increase in pulmonary emboli (18 tamoxifen, 6 placebo; RR = 3.01, 95% CI: 1.15 to 9.27).

Three of the pulmonary emboli, all in the tamoxifen arm, were fatal.

Eighty-seven percent of the cases of pulmonary embolism occurred in women at least 50 years of age at randomization.

Among women receiving tamoxifen, the events appeared between 2 and 60 months (average = 27 months) from the start of treatment.

In this same population, a non-statistically significant increase in deep-vein thrombosis (DVT) was seen in the tamoxifen group (30-tamoxifen, 19-placebo; RR = 1.59, 95% CI: 0.86 to 2.98).

The same increase in relative risk was seen in women ≤ 49 and in women ≥ 50, although fewer events occurred in younger women.

Women with thromboembolic events were at risk for a second related event (7 out of 25 women on placebo, 5 out of 48 women on tamoxifen) and were at risk for complications of the event and its treatment (0/25 on placebo, 4/48 on tamoxifen).

Among women receiving tamoxifen, deep-vein thrombosis events occurred between 2 and 57 months (average = 19 months) from the start of treatment.

There was a non-statistically significant increase in stroke among patients randomized to tamoxifen (24 placebo; 34 tamoxifen; RR = 1.42, 95% CI: 0.82 to 2.51).

Six of the 24 strokes in the placebo group were considered hemorrhagic in origin and 10 of the 34 strokes in the tamoxifen group were categorized as hemorrhagic.

Seventeen of the 34 strokes in the tamoxifen group were considered occlusive and 7 were considered to be of unknown etiology.

Fourteen of the 24 strokes on the placebo arm were reported to be occlusive and 4 of unknown etiology.

Among these strokes 3 strokes in the placebo group and 4 strokes in the tamoxifen group were fatal.

Eighty-eight percent of the strokes occurred in women at least 50 years of age at the time of randomization.

Among women receiving tamoxifen, the events occurred between 1 and 63 months (average = 30 months) from the start of treatment.

Effects on the Liver: Liver Cancer In the Swedish trial using adjuvant tamoxifen 40 mg/day for 2 to 5 years, 3 cases of liver cancer have been reported in the tamoxifen-treated group vs.

1 case in the observation group (see PRECAUTIONS , Carcinogenesis ).

In other clinical trials evaluating tamoxifen, no cases of liver cancer have been reported to date.

One case of liver cancer was reported in NSABP P-1 in a participant randomized to tamoxifen.

Effects on the Liver: Non-Malignant Effects Tamoxifen has been associated with changes in liver enzyme levels, and on rare occasions, a spectrum of more severe liver abnormalities including fatty liver, cholestasis, hepatitis and hepatic necrosis.

A few of these serious cases included fatalities.

In most reported cases the relationship to tamoxifen is uncertain.

However, some positive rechallenges and dechallenges have been reported.

In the NSABP P-1 trial, few grade 3 to 4 changes in liver function (SGOT, SGPT, bilirubin, alkaline phosphatase) were observed (10 on placebo and 6 on tamoxifen).

Serum lipids were not systematically collected.

Other Cancers A number of second primary tumors, occurring at sites other than the endometrium, have been reported following the treatment of breast cancer with tamoxifen in clinical trials.

Data from the NSABP B-14 and P-1 studies show no increase in other (non-uterine) cancers among patients receiving tamoxifen.

Whether an increased risk for other (non-uterine) cancers is associated with tamoxifen is still uncertain and continues to be evaluated.

Effects on the Eye Ocular disturbances, including corneal changes, decrement in color vision perception, retinal vein thrombosis, and retinopathy have been reported in patients receiving tamoxifen.

An increased incidence of cataracts and the need for cataract surgery have been reported in patients receiving tamoxifen.

In the NSABP P-1 trial, an increased risk of borderline significance of developing cataracts among those women without cataracts at baseline (540 tamoxifen; 483 placebo; RR = 1.13, 95% CI: 1.00 to 1.28) was observed.

Among these same women, tamoxifen was associated with an increased risk of having cataract surgery (101 tamoxifen; 63 placebo; RR = 1.62, 95% CI: 1.18 to 2.22) (see Table 3 in CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY ).

Among all women on the trial (with or without cataracts at baseline), tamoxifen was associated with an increased risk of having cataract surgery (201 tamoxifen; 129 placebo; RR = 1.58, 95% CI: 1.26 to 1.97).

Eye examinations were not required during the study.

No other conclusions regarding non-cataract ophthalmic events can be made.

Pregnancy Category D Tamoxifen may cause fetal harm when administered to a pregnant woman.

Women should be advised not to become pregnant while taking tamoxifen or within 2 months of discontinuing tamoxifen and should use barrier or nonhormonal contraceptive measures if sexually active.

Tamoxifen does not cause infertility, even in the presence of menstrual irregularity.

Effects on reproductive functions are expected from the antiestrogenic properties of the drug.

In reproductive studies in rats at dose levels equal to or below the human dose, nonteratogenic developmental skeletal changes were seen and were found reversible.

In addition, in fertility studies in rats and in teratology studies in rabbits using doses at or below those used in humans, a lower incidence of embryo implantation and a higher incidence of fetal death or retarded in utero growth were observed, with slower learning behavior in some rat pups when compared to historical controls.

Several pregnant marmosets were dosed with 10 mg/kg/day (about 2 fold the daily maximum recommended human dose on a mg/m 2 basis) during organogenesis or in the last half of pregnancy.

No deformations were seen and, although the dose was high enough to terminate pregnancy in some animals, those that did maintain pregnancy showed no evidence of teratogenic malformations.

In rodent models of fetal reproductive tract development, tamoxifen (at doses 0.002 to 2.4 fold the daily maximum recommended human dose on a mg/m 2 basis) caused changes in both sexes that are similar to those caused by estradiol, ethynylestradiol and diethylstilbestrol.

Although the clinical relevance of these changes is unknown, some of these changes, especially vaginal adenosis, are similar to those seen in young women who were exposed to diethylstilbestrol in utero and who have a 1 in 1,000 risk of developing clear-cell adenocarcinoma of the vagina or cervix.

To date, in utero exposure to tamoxifen has not been shown to cause vaginal adenosis, or clear-cell adenocarcinoma of the vagina or cervix, in young women.

However, only a small number of young women have been exposed to tamoxifen in utero , and a smaller number have been followed long enough (to age 15 to 20) to determine whether vaginal or cervical neoplasia could occur as a result of this exposure.

There are no adequate and well-controlled trials of tamoxifen in pregnant women.

There have been a small number of reports of vaginal bleeding, spontaneous abortions, birth defects, and fetal deaths in pregnant women.

If this drug is used during pregnancy, or the patient becomes pregnant while taking this drug, or within approximately two months after discontinuing therapy, the patient should be apprised of the potential risks to the fetus including the potential long-term risk of a DES-like syndrome.

Reduction in Breast Cancer Incidence in High Risk Women Pregnancy Category D For sexually active women of child-bearing potential, tamoxifen therapy should be initiated during menstruation.

In women with menstrual irregularity, a negative B-HCG immediately prior to the initiation of therapy is sufficient (see PRECAUTIONS , Information for Patients , Reduction in Breast Cancer Incidence in High Risk Women ).

DRUG INTERACTIONS

Drug Interactions When tamoxifen is used in combination with coumarin-type anticoagulants, a significant increase in anticoagulant effect may occur.

Where such coadministration exists, careful monitoring of the patient’s prothrombin time is recommended.

In the NSABP P-1 trial, women who required coumarin-type anticoagulants for any reason were ineligible for participation in the trial (see CONTRAINDICATIONS ).

There is an increased risk of thromboembolic events occurring when cytotoxic agents are used in combination with tamoxifen.

Tamoxifen reduced letrozole plasma concentrations by 37%.

The effect of tamoxifen on metabolism and excretion of other antineoplastic drugs, such as cyclophosphamide and other drugs that require mixed function oxidases for activation, is not known.

Tamoxifen and N-desmethyl tamoxifen plasma concentrations have been shown to be reduced when coadministered with rifampin or aminoglutethimide.

Induction of CYP3A4-mediated metabolism is considered to be the mechanism by which these reductions occur; other CYP3A4 inducing agents have not been studied to confirm this effect.

One patient receiving tamoxifen with concomitant phenobarbital exhibited a steady-state serum level of tamoxifen lower than that observed for other patients (i.e., 26 ng/mL vs.

mean value of 122 ng/mL).

However, the clinical significance of this finding is not known.

Rifampin induced the metabolism of tamoxifen and significantly reduced the plasma concentrations of tamoxifen in 10 patients.

Aminoglutethimide reduces tamoxifen and N-desmethyl tamoxifen plasma concentrations.

Medroxyprogesterone reduces plasma concentrations of N-desmethyl, but not tamoxifen.

Concomitant bromocriptine therapy has been shown to elevate serum tamoxifen and N-desmethyl tamoxifen.

Based on clinical and pharmacokinetic results from the anastrozole adjuvant trial, tamoxifen should not be administered with anastrozole (see CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY , Drug-Drug Interactions ).

OVERDOSAGE

Signs observed at the highest doses following studies to determine LD 50 in animals were respiratory difficulties and convulsions.

Acute overdosage in humans has not been reported.

In a study of advanced metastatic cancer patients which specifically determined the maximum tolerated dose of tamoxifen in evaluating the use of very high doses to reverse multidrug resistance, acute neurotoxicity manifested by tremor, hyperreflexia, unsteady gait and dizziness were noted.

These symptoms occurred within 3 to 5 days of beginning tamoxifen and cleared within 2 to 5 days after stopping therapy.

No permanent neurologic toxicity was noted.

One patient experienced a seizure several days after tamoxifen was discontinued and neurotoxic symptoms had resolved.

The causal relationship of the seizure to tamoxifen therapy is unknown.

Doses given in these patients were all greater than 400 mg/m 2 loading dose, followed by maintenance doses of 150 mg/m 2 of tamoxifen given twice a day.

In the same study, prolongation of the QT interval on the electrocardiogram was noted when patients were given doses higher than 250 mg/m 2 loading dose, followed by maintenance doses of 80 mg/m 2 of tamoxifen given twice a day.

For a woman with a body surface area of 1.5 m 2 the minimal loading dose and maintenance doses given at which neurological symptoms and QT changes occurred were at least 6 fold higher in respect to the maximum recommended dose.

No specific treatment for overdosage is known; treatment must be symptomatic.

DESCRIPTION

Tamoxifen citrate tablets USP, a nonsteroidal antiestrogen, are for oral administration.

Each tablet contains 10 mg or 20 mg tamoxifen (equivalent to 15.2 mg or 30.4 mg, respectively, of tamoxifen citrate, USP).

Each tablet contains the following inactive ingredients: croscarmellose sodium, hypromellose, lactose (monohydrate), magnesium stearate, polyethylene glycol 400, povidone, corn starch, and titanium dioxide.

Chemically, tamoxifen is the trans-isomer of a triphenylethylene derivative.

The chemical name is (Z)2-[4-(1,2-diphenyl-1-butenyl)phenoxy]- N , N -dimethylethanamine 2-hydroxy-1,2,3- propanetricarboxylate (1:1).

The structural formula, empirical formula, and molecular weight are as follows: C 32 H 37 NO 8 M.W.

563.62 Tamoxifen citrate has a pKa’ of 8.85, the equilibrium solubility in water at 37°C is 0.5 mg/mL and in 0.02 N HCl at 37°C, it is 0.2 mg/mL.

Structural formula for tamoxifen

CLINICAL STUDIES

Clinical Studies Metastatic Breast Cancer Premenopausal women (tamoxifen vs.

ablation) Three prospective, randomized studies (Ingle, Pritchard, Buchanan) compared tamoxifen to ovarian ablation (oophorectomy or ovarian irradiation) in premenopausal women with advanced breast cancer.

Although the objective response rate, time to treatment failure, and survival were similar with both treatments, the limited patient accrual prevented a demonstration of equivalence.

In an overview analysis of survival data from the 3 studies, the hazard ratio for death (tamoxifen/ovarian ablation) was 1.00 with two-sided 95% confidence intervals of 0.73 to 1.37.

Elevated serum and plasma estrogens have been observed in premenopausal women receiving tamoxifen, but the data from the randomized studies do not suggest an adverse effect of this increase.

A limited number of premenopausal patients with disease progression during tamoxifen therapy responded to subsequent ovarian ablation.

Male breast cancer Published results from 122 patients (119 evaluable) and case reports in 16 patients (13 evaluable) treated with tamoxifen have shown that tamoxifen is effective for the palliative treatment of male breast cancer.

Sixty-six of these 132 evaluable patients responded to tamoxifen which constitutes a 50% objective response rate.

Adjuvant Breast Cancer Overview The Early Breast Cancer Trialists’ Collaborative Group (EBCTCG) conducted worldwide overviews of systemic adjuvant therapy for early breast cancer in 1985, 1990, and again in 1995.

In 1998, 10 year outcome data were reported for 36,689 women in 55 randomized trials of adjuvant tamoxifen using doses of 20 to 40 mg/day for 1 to 5+ years.

Twenty-five percent of patients received 1 year or less of trial treatment, 52% received 2 years, and 23% received about 5 years.

Forty-eight percent of tumors were estrogen receptor (ER) positive (> 10 fmol/mg), 21% were ER poor (< 10 fmol/l), and 31% were ER unknown.

Among 29,441 patients with ER positive or unknown breast cancer, 58% were entered into trials comparing tamoxifen to no adjuvant therapy and 42% were entered into trials comparing tamoxifen in combination with chemotherapy vs.

the same chemotherapy alone.

Among these patients, 54% had node positive disease and 46% had node negative disease.

Among women with ER positive or unknown breast cancer and positive nodes who received about 5 years of treatment, overall survival at 10 years was 61.4% for tamoxifen vs.

50.5% for control (logrank 2p < 0.00001).

The recurrence-free rate at 10 years was 59.7% for tamoxifen vs.

44.5% for control (logrank 2p < 0.00001).

Among women with ER positive or unknown breast cancer and negative nodes who received about 5 years of treatment, overall survival at 10 years was 78.9% for tamoxifen vs.

73.3% for control (logrank 2p < 0.00001).

The recurrence-free rate at 10 years was 79.2% for tamoxifen vs.

64.3% for control (logrank 2p < 0.00001).

The effect of the scheduled duration of tamoxifen may be described as follows.

In women with ER positive or unknown breast cancer receiving 1 year or less, 2 years or about 5 years of tamoxifen, the proportional reductions in mortality were 12%, 17% and 26%, respectively (trend significant at 2p < 0.003).

The corresponding reductions in breast cancer recurrence were 21%, 29% and 47% (trend significant at 2p < 0.00001).

Benefit is less clear for women with ER poor breast cancer in whom the proportional reduction in recurrence was 10% (2p = 0.007) for all durations taken together, or 9% (2p = 0.02) if contralateral breast cancers are excluded.

The corresponding reduction in mortality was 6% (NS).

The effects of about 5 years of tamoxifen on recurrence and mortality were similar regardless of age and concurrent chemotherapy.

There was no indication that doses greater than 20 mg per day were more effective.

Anastrozole adjuvant ATAC trial – study of anastrozole compared to tamoxifen for adjuvant treatment of early breast cancer An anastrozole adjuvant trial was conducted in 9,366 postmenopausal women with operable breast cancer who were randomized to receive adjuvant treatment with either anastrozole 1 mg daily, tamoxifen 20 mg daily, or a combination of these two treatments for 5 years or until recurrence of the disease.

At a median follow-up of 33 months, the combination of anastrozole and tamoxifen did not demonstrate any efficacy benefit when compared with tamoxifen therapy alone in all patients as well as in the hormone receptor-positive subpopulation.

This treatment arm was discontinued from the trial.

Please refer to CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY , Special Populations and Drug-Drug Interactions ; PRECAUTIONS , Laboratory Tests ; PRECAUTIONS , Drug Interactions and ADVERSE REACTIONS for safety information from this trial.

Please refer to the full prescribing information for anastrozole 1 mg tablets for additional information on this trial.

Patients in the two monotherapy arms of the ATAC trial were treated for a median of 60 months (5 years) and followed for a median of 68 months.

Disease-free survival in the intent-to-treat population was statistically significantly improved [Hazard Ratio (HR) = 0.87, 95% CI: 0.78, 0.97, p = 0.0127] in the anastrozole arm compared to the tamoxifen arm.

Node positive – individual studies Two studies (Hubay and NSABP B-09) demonstrated an improved disease-free survival following radical or modified radical mastectomy in postmenopausal women or women 50 years of age or older with surgically curable breast cancer with positive axillary nodes when tamoxifen was added to adjuvant cytotoxic chemotherapy.

In the Hubay study, tamoxifen was added to “low-dose” CMF (cyclophosphamide, methotrexate and fluorouracil).

In the NSABP B-09 study, tamoxifen was added to melphalan [L-phenylalanine mustard (P)] and fluorouracil (F).

In the Hubay study, patients with a positive (more than 3 fmol) estrogen receptor were more likely to benefit.

In the NSABP B-09 study in women age 50 to 59 years, only women with both estrogen and progesterone receptor levels 10 fmol or greater clearly benefited, while there was a nonstatistically significant trend toward adverse effect in women with both estrogen and progesterone receptor levels less than 10 fmol.

In women age 60 to 70 years, there was a trend toward a beneficial effect of tamoxifen without any clear relationship to estrogen or progesterone receptor status.

Three prospective studies (ECOG-1178, Toronto, NATO) using tamoxifen adjuvantly as a single agent demonstrated an improved disease-free survival following total mastectomy and axillary dissection for postmenopausal women with positive axillary nodes compared to placebo/no treatment controls.

The NATO study also demonstrated an overall survival benefit.

Node negative – individual studies NSABP B-14, a prospective, double-blind, randomized study, compared tamoxifen to placebo in women with axillary node-negative, estrogen-receptor positive (≥ 10 fmol/mg cytosol protein) breast cancer (as adjuvant therapy, following total mastectomy and axillary dissection, or segmental resection, axillary dissection, and breast radiation).

After five years of treatment, there was a significant improvement in disease-free survival in women receiving tamoxifen.

This benefit was apparent both in women under age 50 and in women at or beyond age 50.

One additional randomized study (NATO) demonstrated improved disease-free survival for tamoxifen compared to no adjuvant therapy following total mastectomy and axillary dissection in postmenopausal women with axillary node-negative breast cancer.

In this study, the benefits of tamoxifen appeared to be independent of estrogen receptor status.

Duration of therapy In the EBCTCG 1995 overview, the reduction in recurrence and mortality was greater in those studies that used tamoxifen for about 5 years than in those that used tamoxifen for a shorter period of therapy.

In the NSABP B-14 trial, in which patients were randomized to tamoxifen 20 mg/day for 5 years vs.

placebo and were disease-free at the end of this 5 year period were offered rerandomization to an additional 5 years of tamoxifen or placebo.

With 4 years of follow-up after this rerandomization, 92% of the women that received 5 years of tamoxifen were alive and disease-free, compared to 86% of the women scheduled to receive 10 years of tamoxifen (p = 0.003).

Overall survivals were 96% and 94%, respectively (p = 0.08).

Results of the B-14 study suggest that continuation of therapy beyond 5 years does not provide additional benefit.

A Scottish trial of 5 years of tamoxifen vs.

indefinite treatment found a disease-free survival of 70% in the five-year group and 61% in the indefinite group, with 6.2 years median follow-up (HR = 1.27, 95% CI: 0.87 to 1.85).

In a large randomized trial conducted by the Swedish Breast Cancer Cooperative Group of adjuvant tamoxifen 40 mg/day for 2 or 5 years, overall survival at 10 years was estimated to be 80% in the patients in the 5 year tamoxifen group, compared with 74% among corresponding patients in the 2 year treatment group (p = 0.03).

Disease-free survival at 10 years was 73% in the 5 year group and 67% in the 2 year group (p = 0.009).

Compared with 2 years of tamoxifen treatment, 5 years of treatment resulted in a slightly greater reduction in the incidence of contralateral breast cancer at 10 years, but this difference was not statistically significant.

Contralateral breast cancer The incidence of contralateral breast cancer is reduced in breast cancer patients (premenopausal and postmenopausal) receiving tamoxifen compared to placebo.

Data on contralateral breast cancer are available from 32,422 out of 36,689 patients in the 1995 overview analysis of the Early Breast Cancer Trialists Collaborative Group (EBCTCG).

In clinical trials with tamoxifen of 1 year or less, 2 years, and about 5 years duration, the proportional reductions in the incidence rate of contralateral breast cancer among women receiving tamoxifen were 13% (NS), 26% (2p = 0.004) and 47% (2p < 0.00001), with a significant trend favoring longer tamoxifen duration (2p = 0.008).

The proportional reductions in the incidence of contralateral breast cancer were independent of age and ER status of the primary tumor.

Treatment with about 5 years of tamoxifen reduced the annual incidence rate of contralateral breast cancer from 7.6 per 1,000 patients in the control group compared with 3.9 per 1,000 patients in the tamoxifen group.

In a large randomized trial in Sweden (the Stockholm Trial) of adjuvant tamoxifen 40 mg/day for 2 to 5 years, the incidence of second primary breast tumors was reduced 40% (p < 0.008) on tamoxifen compared to control.

In the NSABP B-14 trial in which patients were randomized to tamoxifen 20 mg/day for 5 years vs.

placebo, the incidence of second primary breast cancers was also significantly reduced (p < 0.01).

In NSABP B-14, the annual rate of contralateral breast cancer was 8.0 per 1,000 patients in the placebo group compared with 5.0 per 1,000 patients in the tamoxifen group, at 10 years after first randomization.

Ductal Carcinoma in Situ NSABP B-24, a double-blind, randomized trial included women with ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS).

This trial compared the addition of tamoxifen or placebo to treatment with lumpectomy and radiation therapy for women with DCIS.

The primary objective was to determine whether 5 years of tamoxifen therapy (20 mg/day) would reduce the incidence of invasive breast cancer in the ipsilateral (the same) or contralateral (the opposite) breast.

In this trial 1,804 women were randomized to receive either tamoxifen or placebo for 5 years: 902 women were randomized to tamoxifen citrate 10 mg tablets twice a day and 902 women were randomized to placebo.

As of December 31, 1998, follow-up data were available for 1,798 women and the median duration of follow-up was 74 months.

The tamoxifen and placebo groups were well balanced for baseline demographic and prognostic factors.

Over 80% of the tumors were less than or equal to 1 cm in their maximum dimension, were not palpable, and were detected by mammography alone.

Over 60% of the study population was postmenopausal.

In 16% of patients, the margin of the resected specimen was reported as being positive after surgery.

Approximately half of the tumors were reported to contain comedo necrosis.

For the primary endpoint, the incidence of invasive breast cancer was reduced by 43% among women assigned to tamoxifen (44 cases-tamoxifen, 74 cases-placebo; p = 0.004; relative risk (RR) = 0.57, 95% CI: 0.39 to 0.84).

No data are available regarding the ER status of the invasive cancers.

The stage distribution of the invasive cancers at diagnosis was similar to that reported annually in the SEER data base.

Results are shown in Table 1 .

For each endpoint the following results are presented: the number of events and rate per 1,000 women per year for the placebo and tamoxifen groups; and the relative risk (RR) and its associated 95% confidence interval (CI) between tamoxifen and placebo.

Relative risks less than 1.0 indicate a benefit of tamoxifen therapy.

The limits of the confidence intervals can be used to assess the statistical significance of the benefits of tamoxifen therapy.

If the upper limit of the CI is less than 1.0, then a statistically significant benefit exists.

Table 1: Major Outcomes of the NSABP B-24 Trial Type of Event Lumpectomy, radiotherapy, and placebo Lumpectomy, radiotherapy, and tamoxifen RR 95% CI limits No.

of events Rate per 1,000 women per year No.

of events Rate per 1,000 women per year Invasive breast cancer (Primary endpoint) 74 16.73 44 9.60 0.57 0.39 to 0.84 Ipsilateral 47 10.61 27 5.90 0.56 0.33 to 0.91 Contralateral 25 5.64 17 3.71 0.66 0.33 to 1.27 Side undetermined 2 — 0 — — Secondary Endpoints DCIS 56 12.66 41 8.95 0.71 0.46 to 1.08 Ipsilateral 46 10.40 38 8.29 0.88 0.51 to 1.25 Contralateral 10 2.26 3 0.65 0.29 0.05 to 1.13 All Breast Cancer Events 129 29.16 84 18.34 0.63 0.47 to 0.83 All ipsilateral events 96 21.70 65 14.19 0.65 0.47 to 0.91 All contralateral events 37 8.36 20 4.37 0.52 0.29 to 0.92 Deaths 32 28 Uterine Malignancies* Updated follow-up data (median 8.1 years) 4 9 Endometrial Adenocarcinoma* 4 0.57 8 1.15 Uterine Sarcoma* 0 0.0 1 0.14 Second primary malignancies (other than endometrial and breast) 30 29 Stroke 2 7 Thromboembolic events (DVT, PE) 5 15 Survival was similar in the placebo and tamoxifen groups.

At 5 years from study entry, survival was 97% for both groups.

Reduction in Breast Cancer Incidence in High Risk Women The Breast Cancer Prevention Trial (BCPT, NSABP P-1) was a double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled trial with a primary objective to determine whether 5 years of tamoxifen therapy (20 mg/day) would reduce the incidence of invasive breast cancer in women at high risk for the disease (see INDICATIONS AND USAGE ).

Secondary objectives included an evaluation of the incidence of ischemic heart disease; the effects on the incidence of bone fractures; and other events that might be associated with the use of tamoxifen, including: endometrial cancer, pulmonary embolus, deep-vein thrombosis, stroke, and cataract formation and surgery (see WARNINGS ).

The Gail Model was used to calculate predicted breast cancer risk for women who were less than 60 years of age and did not have lobular carcinoma in situ (LCIS).

The following risk factors were used: age; number of first-degree female relatives with breast cancer; previous breast biopsies; presence or absence of atypical hyperplasia; nulliparity; age at first live birth; and age at menarche.

A 5 year predicted risk of breast cancer of ≥ 1.67% was required for entry into the trial.

In this trial, 13,388 women of at least 35 years of age were randomized to receive either tamoxifen or placebo for five years.

The median duration of treatment was 3.5 years.

As of January 31, 1998, follow-up data is available for 13,114 women.

Twenty-seven percent of women randomized to placebo (1,782) and 24% of women randomized to tamoxifen (1,596) completed 5 years of therapy.

The demographic characteristics of women on the trial with follow-up data are shown in Table 2 .

Table 2: Demographic Characteristics of Women in the NSABP P-1 Trial Characteristic Placebo Tamoxifen # % # % Age (yrs.) 35 to 39 184 3 158 2 40 to 49 2,394 36 2,411 37 50 to 59 2,011 31 2,019 31 60 to 69 1,588 24 1,563 24 ≥ 70 393 6 393 6 Age at first live birth (yrs.) Nulliparous 1,202 18 1,205 18 12 to 19 915 14 946 15 20 to 24 2,448 37 2,449 37 25 to 29 1,399 21 1,367 21 ≥ 30 606 9 577 9 Race White 6,333 96 6,323 96 Black 109 2 103 2 Other 128 2 118 2 Age at menarche ≥ 14 1,243 19 1,170 18 12 to 13 3,610 55 3,610 55 ≤ 11 1,717 26 1,764 27 # of first degree relatives with breast cancer 0 1,584 24 1,525 23 1 3,714 57 3,744 57 2+ 1,272 19 1,275 20 Prior hysterectomy No 4,173 63.5 4,018 62.4 Yes 2,397 36.5 2,464 37.7 # of previous breast biopsies 0 2,935 45 2,923 45 1 1,833 28 1,850 28 ≥ 2 1,802 27 1,771 27 History of atypical hyperplasia in the breast No 5,958 91 5,969 91 Yes 612 9 575 9 History of LCIS at entry No 6,165 94 6,135 94 Yes 405 6 409 6 5 year predicted breast cancer risk (%) ≤ 2.00 1,646 25 1,626 25 2.01 to 3.00 2,028 31 2,057 31 3.01 to 5.00 1,787 27 1,707 26 ≥ 5.01 1,109 17 1,162 18 Total 6,570 100.0 6,544 100.0 Results are shown in Table 3 .

After a median follow-up of 4.2 years, the incidence of invasive breast cancer was reduced by 44% among women assigned to tamoxifen (86 cases-tamoxifen, 156 cases-placebo; p < 0.00001; relative risk (RR) = 0.56, 95% CI: 0.43 to 0.72).

A reduction in the incidence of breast cancer was seen in each prospectively specified age group (≤ 49, 50 to 59, ≥ 60), in women with or without LCIS, and in each of the absolute risk levels specified in Table 3 .

A non-significant decrease in the incidence of ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS) was seen (23 tamoxifen, 35 placebo; RR = 0.66, 95% CI: 0.39 to 1.11).

There was no statistically significant difference in the number of myocardial infarctions, severe angina, or acute ischemic cardiac events between the two groups (61 tamoxifen, 59 placebo; RR = 1.04, 95% CI: 0.73 to 1.49).

No overall difference in mortality (53 deaths in tamoxifen group vs.

65 deaths in placebo group) was present.

No difference in breast cancer-related mortality was observed (4 deaths in tamoxifen group vs.

5 deaths in placebo group).

Although there was a non-significant reduction in the number of hip fractures (9 on tamoxifen, 20 on placebo) in the tamoxifen group, the number of wrist fractures was similar in the two treatment groups (69 on tamoxifen, 74 on placebo).

A subgroup analysis of the P-1 trial, suggests a difference in effect in bone mineral density (BMD) related to menopausal status in patients receiving tamoxifen.

In postmenopausal women there was no evidence of bone loss of the lumbar spine and hip.

Conversely, tamoxifen was associated with significant bone loss of the lumbar spine and hip in premenopausal women.

The risks of tamoxifen therapy include endometrial cancer, DVT, PE, stroke, cataract formation, and cataract surgery (see Table 3 ).

In the NSABP P-1 trial, 33 cases of endometrial cancer were observed in the tamoxifen group vs.

14 in the placebo group (RR = 2.48, 95% CI: 1.27 to 4.92).

Deep-vein thrombosis was observed in 30 women receiving tamoxifen vs.

19 in women receiving placebo (RR = 1.59, 95% CI: 0.86 to 2.98).

Eighteen cases of pulmonary embolism were observed in the tamoxifen group vs.

6 in the placebo group (RR = 3.01, 95% CI: 1.15 to 9.27).

There were 34 strokes on the tamoxifen arm and 24 on the placebo arm (RR = 1.42, 95% CI: 0.82 to 2.51).

Cataract formation in women without cataracts at baseline was observed in 540 women taking tamoxifen vs.

483 women receiving placebo (RR = 1.13, 95% CI: 1.00 to 1.28).

Cataract surgery (with or without cataracts at baseline) was performed in 201 women taking tamoxifen vs.

129 women receiving placebo (RR = 1.51, 95% CI: 1.21 to 1.89) (see WARNINGS ).

Table 3 summarizes the major outcomes of the NSABP P-1 trial.

For each endpoint, the following results are presented: the number of events and rate per 1,000 women per year for the placebo and tamoxifen groups; and the relative risk (RR) and its associated 95% confidence interval (CI) between tamoxifen and placebo.

Relative risks less than 1.0 indicate a benefit of tamoxifen therapy.

The limits of the confidence intervals can be used to assess the statistical significance of the benefits or risks of tamoxifen therapy.

If the upper limit of the CI is less than 1.0, then a statistically significant benefit exists.

For most participants, multiple risk factors would have been required for eligibility.

This table considers risk factors individually, regardless of other co-existing risk factors, for women who developed breast cancer.

The 5 year predicted absolute breast cancer risk accounts for multiple risk factors in an individual and should provide the best estimate of individual benefit (see INDICATIONS AND USAGE ).

Table 3.

Major Outcomes of the NSABP P-1 Trial TYPE OF EVENT # OF EVENTS RATE/1,000 WOMEN/YEAR 95% CI PLACEBO TAMOXIFEN PLACEBO TAMOXIFEN RR LIMITS Invasive Breast Cancer 156 86 6.49 3.58 0.56 0.43 to 0.72 Age ≤ 49 59 38 6.34 4.11 0.65 0.43 to 0.98 Age 50 to 59 46 25 6.31 3.53 0.56 0.35 to 0.91 Age ≥ 60 51 23 7.17 3.22 0.45 0.27 to 0.74 Risk Factors for Breast Cancer History, LCIS No 140 78 6.23 3.51 0.56 0.43 to 0.74 Yes 16 8 12.73 6.33 0.50 0.21 to 1.17 History, Atypical Hyperplasia No 138 84 6.37 3.89 0.61 0.47 to 0.80 Yes 18 2 8.69 1.05 0.12 0.03 to 0.52 No.

First Degree Relatives 0 32 17 5.97 3.26 0.55 0.30 to 0.98 1 80 45 5.81 3.31 0.57 0.40 to 0.82 2 35 18 8.92 4.67 0.52 0.30 to 0.92 ≥ 3 9 6 13.33 7.58 0.57 0.20 to 1.59 5 Year Predicted Breast Cancer Risk (as calculated by the Gail Model) ≤ 2.00% 31 13 5.36 2.26 0.42 0.22 to 0.81 2.01 to 3.00% 39 28 5.25 3.83 0.73 0.45 to 1.18 3.01 to 5.00% 36 26 5.37 4.06 0.76 0.46 to 1.26 ≥ 5.00% 50 19 13.15 4.71 0.36 0.21 to 0.61 DCIS 35 23 1.47 0.97 0.66 0.39 to 1.11 Fractures (protocol-specified sites) 92 Two women had hip and wrist fractures 76 3.87 3.20 0.61 0.83 to 1.12 Hip 20 9 0.84 0.38 0.45 0.18 to 1.04 Wrist Includes Colles’ and other lower radius fractures 74 69 3.11 2.91 0.93 0.67 to 1.29 Total Ischemic Events 59 61 2.47 2.57 1.04 0.71 to 1.51 Myocardial Infarction 27 27 1.13 1.13 1.00 0.57 to 1.78 Fatal 8 7 0.33 0.29 0.88 0.27 to 2.77 Nonfatal 19 20 0.79 0.84 1.06 0.54 to 2.09 Angina Requiring angioplasty or CABG 12 12 0.50 0.50 1.00 0.41 to 2.44 Acute Ischemic Syndrome New Q-wave on ECG; no angina or elevation of serum enzymes; or angina requiring hospitalization without surgery 20 22 0.84 0.92 1.11 0.58 to 2.13 Uterine Malignancies (among women with an intact uterus) Updated long-term follow-up data (median 6.9 years) from NSABP P-1 study added after cut-off for the other information in this table.

17 57 Endometrial Adenocarcinoma 17 53 0.71 2.20 Uterine Sarcoma 0 4 0.0 0.17 Stroke Seven cases were fatal; three in the placebo group and four in the tamoxifen group 24 34 1.00 1.43 1.42 0.82 to 2.51 Transient Ischemic Attack 21 18 0.88 0.75 0.86 0.43 to 1.70 Pulmonary Emboli Three cases in the tamoxifen group were fatal 6 18 0.25 0.75 3.01 1.15 to 9.27 Deep-Vein Thrombosis All but three cases in each group required hospitalization 19 30 0.79 1.26 1.59 0.86 to 2.98 Cataracts Developing on Study Based on women without cataracts at baseline (6,230 Placebo, 6,199 Tamoxifen) 483 540 22.51 25.41 1.13 1.00 to 1.28 Underwent Cataract Surgery 63 101 2.83 4.57 1.62 1.18 to 2.22 Underwent Cataract Surgery All women (6,707 Placebo, 6,681 Tamoxifen) 129 201 5.44 8.56 1.58 1.26 to 1.97 Table 4 describes the characteristics of the breast cancers in the NSABP P-1 trial and includes tumor size, nodal status, ER status.

Tamoxifen decreased the incidence of small estrogen receptor positive tumors, but did not alter the incidence of estrogen receptor negative tumors or larger tumors.

Table 4: Characteristics of Breast Cancer in NSABP P-1 Trial Staging Parameter Placebo Tamoxifen Total N = 156 N = 86 N = 242 Tumor size: T1 117 60 177 T2 28 20 48 T3 7 3 10 T4 1 2 3 Unknown 3 1 4 Nodal status: Negative 103 56 159 1 to 3 positive nodes 29 14 43 ≥ 4 positive nodes 10 12 22 Unknown 14 4 18 Stage: I 88 47 135 II: node negative 15 9 24 II: node positive 33 22 55 III 6 4 10 IV 2 One participant presented with a suspicious bone scan but did not have documented metastases.

She subsequently died of metastatic breast cancer.

1 3 Unknown 12 3 15 Estrogen receptor: Positive 115 38 153 Negative 27 36 63 Unknown 14 12 26 Interim results from 2 trials in addition to the NSABP P-1 trial examining the effects of tamoxifen in reducing breast cancer incidence have been reported.

The first was the Italian Tamoxifen Prevention trial.

In this trial women between the ages of 35 and 70, who had had a total hysterectomy, were randomized to receive 20 mg tamoxifen or matching placebo for 5 years.

The primary endpoints were occurrence of, and death from, invasive breast cancer.

Women without any specific risk factors for breast cancer were to be entered.

Between 1992 and 1997, 5,408 women were randomized.

Hormone Replacement Therapy (HRT) was used in 14% of participants.

The trial closed in 1997 due to the large number of dropouts during the first year of treatment (26%).

After 46 months of follow-up there were 22 breast cancers in women on placebo and 19 in women on tamoxifen.

Although no decrease in breast cancer incidence was observed, there was a trend for reduction in breast cancer among women receiving protocol therapy for at least 1 year (19 placebo, 11 tamoxifen).

The small numbers of participants along with the low level of risk in this otherwise healthy group precluded an adequate assessment of the effect of tamoxifen in reducing the incidence of breast cancer.

The second trial, the Royal Marsden Trial (RMT) was reported as an interim analysis.

The RMT was begun in 1986 as a feasibility study of whether larger scale trials could be mounted.

The trial was subsequently extended to a pilot trial to accrue additional participants to further assess the safety of tamoxifen.

Twenty-four hundred and seventy-one women were entered between 1986 and 1996; they were selected on the basis of a family history of breast cancer.

HRT was used in 40% of participants.

In this trial, with a 70 month median follow-up, 34 and 36 breast cancers (8 noninvasive, 4 on each arm) were observed among women on tamoxifen and placebo, respectively.

Patients in this trial were younger than those in the NSABP P-1 trial and may have been more likely to develop ER (-) tumors, which are unlikely to be reduced in number by tamoxifen therapy.

Although women were selected on the basis of family history and were thought to have a high risk of breast cancer, few events occurred, reducing the statistical power of the study.

These factors are potential reasons why the RMT may not have provided an adequate assessment of the effectiveness of tamoxifen in reducing the incidence of breast cancer.

In these trials, an increased number of cases of deep-vein thrombosis, pulmonary embolus, stroke, and endometrial cancer were observed on the tamoxifen arm compared to the placebo arm.

The frequency of events was consistent with the safety data observed in the NSABP P-1 trial.

McCune-Albright Syndrome A single, uncontrolled multicenter trial of tamoxifen 20 mg once a day was conducted in a heterogenous group of girls with McCune-Albright syndrome and precocious puberty manifested by physical signs of pubertal development, episodes of vaginal bleeding and/or advanced bone age (bone age of at least 12 months beyond chronological age).

Twenty-eight female pediatric patients, aged 2 to 10 years, were treated for up to 12 months.

Effect of treatment on frequency of vaginal bleeding, bone age advancement, and linear growth rate was assessed relative to prestudy baseline.

Tamoxifen treatment was associated with a 50% reduction in frequency of vaginal bleeding episodes by patient or family report (mean annualized frequency of 3.56 episodes at baseline and 1.73 episodes on-treatment).

Among the patients who reported vaginal bleeding during the prestudy period, 62% (13 out of 21 patients) reported no bleeding for a 6 month period and 33% (7 out of 21 patients) reported no vaginal bleeding for the duration of the trial.

Not all patients improved on treatment and a few patients not reporting vaginal bleeding in the 6 months prior to enrollment reported menses on treatment.

Tamoxifen therapy was associated with a reduction in mean rate of increase of bone age.

Individual responses with regard to bone age advancement were highly heterogeneous.

Linear growth rate was reduced during the course of tamoxifen treatment in a majority of patients (mean change of 1.68 cm/year relative to baseline; change from 7.47 cm/year at baseline to 5.79 cm/year on study).

This change was not uniformly seen across all stages of bone maturity; all recorded response failures occurred in patients with bone ages less than 7 years at screening.

Mean uterine volume increased after 6 months of treatment and doubled at the end of the one-year study.

A causal relationship has not been established; however, as an increase in the incidence of endometrial adenocarcinoma and uterine sarcoma has been noted in adults treated with tamoxifen (see BOXED WARNING ), continued monitoring of McCune-Albright patients treated with tamoxifen for long-term uterine effects is recommended.

The safety and efficacy of tamoxifen for girls aged 2 to 10 years with McCune-Albright syndrome and precocious puberty have not been studied beyond one year of treatment.

The long-term effects of tamoxifen therapy in girls have not been established.

HOW SUPPLIED

Tamoxifen citrate tablets USP, 10 mg (base) are white, round, biconvex, film-coated, unscored tablets debossed “93” and “784” and are supplied in Boxes of 10×10 UD 100 NDC 63739-269-10 and Bottles of 60 NDC 63739-269-42.

Store at 20° to 25°C (68° to 77°F) [See USP Controlled Room Temperature].

Dispense in a well-closed, light-resistant container as defined in the USP, with a child-resistant closure (as required).

Manufactured in Israel by: TEVA PHARMACEUTICAL IND.

LTD.

Jerusalem, 9777402, Israel Distributed by: McKesson Corporation 4971 Southridge Blvd, Suite 101 Memphis, TN 38141 21453 November 2020

GERIATRIC USE

Geriatric Use In the NSABP P-1 trial, the percentage of women at least 65 years of age was 16%.

Women at least 70 years of age accounted for 6% of the participants.

A reduction in breast cancer incidence was seen among participants in each of the subsets.

A total of 28 and 10 invasive breast cancers were seen among participants 65 and older in the placebo and tamoxifen groups, respectively.

Across all other outcomes, the results in this subset reflect the results observed in the subset of women at least 50 years of age.

No overall differences in tolerability were observed between older and younger patients (see CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY , Clinical Studies , Reduction in Breast Cancer Incidence in High Risk Women ).

In the NSABP B-24 trial, the percentage of women at least 65 years of age was 23%.

Women at least 70 years of age accounted for 10% of participants.

A total of 14 and 12 invasive breast cancers were seen among participants 65 and older in the placebo and tamoxifen groups, respectively.

This subset is too small to reach any conclusions on efficacy.

Across all other endpoints, the results in this subset were comparable to those of younger women enrolled in this trial.

No overall differences in tolerability were observed between older and younger patients.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

Metastatic Breast Cancer Tamoxifen citrate tablets are effective in the treatment of metastatic breast cancer in women and men.

In premenopausal women with metastatic breast cancer, tamoxifen is an alternative to oophorectomy or ovarian irradiation.

Available evidence indicates that patients whose tumors are estrogen receptor positive are more likely to benefit from tamoxifen therapy.

Adjuvant Treatment of Breast Cancer Tamoxifen citrate tablets are indicated for the treatment of node-positive breast cancer in women following total mastectomy or segmental mastectomy, axillary dissection, and breast irradiation.

In some tamoxifen adjuvant studies, most of the benefit to date has been in the subgroup with four or more positive axillary nodes.

Tamoxifen citrate tablets are indicated for the treatment of axillary node-negative breast cancer in women following total mastectomy or segmental mastectomy, axillary dissection, and breast irradiation.

The estrogen and progesterone receptor values may help to predict whether adjuvant tamoxifen therapy is likely to be beneficial.

Tamoxifen reduces the occurrence of contralateral breast cancer in patients receiving adjuvant tamoxifen therapy for breast cancer.

Ductal Carcinoma in Situ (DCIS) In women with DCIS, following breast surgery and radiation, tamoxifen citrate tablets are indicated to reduce the risk of invasive breast cancer (see BOXED WARNING at the beginning of the label).

The decision regarding therapy with tamoxifen for the reduction in breast cancer incidence should be based upon an individual assessment of the benefits and risks of tamoxifen therapy.

Current data from clinical trials support 5 years of adjuvant tamoxifen therapy for patients with breast cancer.

Reduction in Breast Cancer Incidence in High Risk Women Tamoxifen citrate tablets are indicated to reduce the incidence of breast cancer in women at high risk for breast cancer.

This effect was shown in a study of 5 years planned duration with a median follow-up of 4.2 years.

Twenty-five percent of the participants received drug for 5 years.

The longer-term effects are not known.

In this study, there was no impact of tamoxifen on overall or breast cancer-related mortality (see BOXED WARNING at the beginning of the label).

Tamoxifen citrate tablets are indicated only for high-risk women.

“High risk” is defined as women at least 35 years of age with a 5 year predicted risk of breast cancer ≥ 1.67%, as calculated by the Gail Model.

Examples of combinations of factors predicting a 5 year risk ≥ 1.67% are: Age 35 or older and any of the following combination of factors: One first degree relative with a history of breast cancer, 2 or more benign biopsies, and a history of a breast biopsy showing atypical hyperplasia; or At least 2 first degree relatives with a history of breast cancer, and a personal history of at least 1 breast biopsy; or LCIS Age 40 or older and any of the following combination of factors: One first degree relative with a history of breast cancer, 2 or more benign biopsies, age at first live birth 25 or older, and age at menarche 11 or younger; or At least 2 first degree relatives with a history of breast cancer, and age at first live birth 19 or younger; or One first degree relative with a history of breast cancer, and a personal history of a breast biopsy showing atypical hyperplasia.

Age 45 or older and any of the following combination of factors: At least 2 first degree relatives with a history of breast cancer and age at first live birth 24 or younger; or One first degree relative with a history of breast cancer with a personal history of a benign breast biopsy, age at menarche 11 or less and age at first live birth 20 or more.

Age 50 or older and any of the following combination of factors: At least 2 first degree relatives with a history of breast cancer; or History of 1 breast biopsy showing atypical hyperplasia, and age at first live birth 30 or older and age at menarche 11 or less; or History of at least 2 breast biopsies with a history of atypical hyperplasia, and age at first live birth 30 or more.

Age 55 or older and any of the following combination of factors: One first degree relative with a history of breast cancer with a personal history of a benign breast biopsy, and age at menarche 11 or less; or History of at least 2 breast biopsies with a history of atypical hyperplasia, and age at first live birth 20 or older.

Age 60 or older and: Five-year predicted risk of breast cancer ≥ 1.67%, as calculated by the Gail Model.

For women whose risk factors are not described in the above examples, the Gail Model is necessary to estimate absolute breast cancer risk.

Health Care Professionals can obtain a Gail Model Risk Assessment Tool by dialing 1-888-825-8500.

There are insufficient data available regarding the effect of tamoxifen on breast cancer incidence in women with inherited mutations (BRCA1, BRCA2) to be able to make specific recommendations on the effectiveness of tamoxifen in these patients.

After an assessment of the risk of developing breast cancer, the decision regarding therapy with tamoxifen for the reduction in breast cancer incidence should be based upon an individual assessment of the benefits and risks of tamoxifen therapy.

In the NSABP P-1 trial, tamoxifen treatment lowered the risk of developing breast cancer during the follow-up period of the trial, but did not eliminate breast cancer risk (see Table 3 in CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY ).

PEDIATRIC USE

Pediatric Use The safety and efficacy of tamoxifen for girls aged 2 to 10 years with McCune-Albright syndrome and precocious puberty have not been studied beyond one year of treatment.

The long-term effects of tamoxifen therapy for girls have not been established.

In adults treated with tamoxifen, an increase in incidence of uterine malignancies, stroke and pulmonary embolism has been noted (see BOXED WARNING and CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY , Clinical Studies , McCune-Albright Syndrome ).

PREGNANCY

Pregnancy Teratogenic Effects Pregnancy category D See WARNINGS.

NUSRING MOTHERS

Nursing Mothers Tamoxifen has been reported to inhibit lactation.

Two placebo-controlled studies in over 150 women have shown that tamoxifen significantly inhibits early postpartum milk production.

In both studies tamoxifen was administered within 24 hours of delivery for between 5 and 18 days.

The effect of tamoxifen on established milk production is not known.

There are no data that address whether tamoxifen is excreted into human milk.

If excreted, there are no data regarding the effects of tamoxifen in breast milk on the breastfed infant or breastfed animals.

However, direct neonatal exposure of tamoxifen to mice and rats (not via breast milk) produced 1) reproductive tract lesions in female rodents (similar to those seen in humans after intrauterine exposure to diethylstilbestrol) and 2) functional defects of the reproductive tract in male rodents such as testicular atrophy and arrest of spermatogenesis.

It is not known if tamoxifen is excreted in human milk.

Because of the potential for serious adverse reactions in nursing infants from tamoxifen, women taking tamoxifen should not breast feed.

BOXED WARNING

WARNING For Women With Ductal Carcinoma in Situ (DCIS) and Women at High Risk for Breast Cancer Serious and life-threatening events associated with tamoxifen in the risk reduction setting (women at high risk for cancer and women with DCIS) include uterine malignancies, stroke and pulmonary embolism.

Incidence rates for these events were estimated from the NSABP P-1 trial (see CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY , Clinical Studies , Reduction in Breast Cancer Incidence in High Risk Women ).

Uterine malignancies consist of both endometrial adenocarcinoma (incidence rate per 1,000 women-years of 2.20 for tamoxifen vs.

0.71 for placebo) and uterine sarcoma (incidence rate per 1,000 women-years of 0.17 for tamoxifen vs.

0.4 for placebo) * .

For stroke, the incidence rate per 1,000 women-years was 1.43 for tamoxifen vs.

1.00 for placebo ** .

For pulmonary embolism, the incidence rate per 1,000 women-years was 0.75 for tamoxifen versus 0.25 for placebo ** .

Some of the strokes, pulmonary emboli, and uterine malignancies were fatal.

Health care providers should discuss the potential benefits versus the potential risks of these serious events with women at high risk of breast cancer and women with DCIS considering tamoxifen to reduce their risk of developing breast cancer.

The benefits of tamoxifen outweigh its risks in women already diagnosed with breast cancer.

* Updated long-term follow-up data (median length of follow-up is 6.9 years) from NSABP P-1 study.

See WARNINGS , Effects on the Uterus-Endometrial Cancer and Uterine Sarcoma .

** See Table 3 under CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY , Clinical Studies .

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

Information for Patients Patients should be instructed to read the Medication Guide supplied as required by law when tamoxifen is dispensed.

The complete text of the Medication Guide is reprinted at the end of this document.

Reduction in Invasive Breast Cancer and DCIS in Women With DCIS Women with DCIS treated with lumpectomy and radiation therapy who are considering tamoxifen to reduce the incidence of a second breast cancer event should assess the risks and benefits of therapy, since treatment with tamoxifen decreased the incidence of invasive breast cancer, but has not been shown to affect survival (see Table 1 in CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY ).

Reduction in Breast Cancer Incidence in High Risk Women Women who are at high risk for breast cancer can consider taking tamoxifen therapy to reduce the incidence of breast cancer.

Whether the benefits of treatment are considered to outweigh the risks depends on a woman’s personal health history and on how she weighs the benefits and risks.

Tamoxifen therapy to reduce the incidence of breast cancer may therefore not be appropriate for all women at high risk for breast cancer.

Women who are considering tamoxifen therapy should consult their health care professional for an assessment of the potential benefits and risks prior to starting therapy for reduction in breast cancer incidence (see Table 3 in CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY ).

Women should understand that tamoxifen reduces the incidence of breast cancer, but may not eliminate risk.

Tamoxifen decreased the incidence of small estrogen receptor positive tumors, but did not alter the incidence of estrogen receptor negative tumors or larger tumors.

In women with breast cancer who are at high risk of developing a second breast cancer, treatment with about 5 years of tamoxifen reduced the annual incidence rate of a second breast cancer by approximately 50%.

Women who are pregnant or who plan to become pregnant should not take tamoxifen to reduce their risk of breast cancer.

Effective nonhormonal contraception must be used by all premenopausal women taking tamoxifen and for approximately two months after discontinuing therapy if they are sexually active.

Tamoxifen does not cause infertility, even in the presence of menstrual irregularity.

For sexually active women of child-bearing potential, tamoxifen therapy should be initiated during menstruation.

In women with menstrual irregularity, a negative B-HCG immediately prior to the initiation of therapy is sufficient (see WARNINGS , Pregnancy Category D ).

Two European trials of tamoxifen to reduce the risk of breast cancer were conducted and showed no difference in the number of breast cancer cases between the tamoxifen and placebo arms.

These studies had trial designs that differed from that of NSABP P-1, were smaller than NSABP P-1, and enrolled women at a lower risk for breast cancer than those in P-1.

Monitoring During Tamoxifen Therapy Women taking or having previously taken tamoxifen should be instructed to seek prompt medical attention for new breast lumps, vaginal bleeding, gynecologic symptoms (menstrual irregularities, changes in vaginal discharge, or pelvic pain or pressure), symptoms of leg swelling or tenderness, unexplained shortness of breath, or changes in vision.

Women should inform all care providers, regardless of the reason for evaluation, that they take tamoxifen.

Women taking tamoxifen to reduce the incidence of breast cancer should have a breast examination, a mammogram, and a gynecologic examination prior to the initiation of therapy.

These studies should be repeated at regular intervals while on therapy, in keeping with good medical practice.

Women taking tamoxifen as adjuvant breast cancer therapy should follow the same monitoring procedures as for women taking tamoxifen for the reduction in the incidence of breast cancer.

Women taking tamoxifen as treatment for metastatic breast cancer should review this monitoring plan with their care provider and select the appropriate modalities and schedule of evaluation.

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

For patients with breast cancer, the recommended daily dose is 20 to 40 mg.

Dosages greater than 20 mg per day should be given in divided doses (morning and evening).

In three single agent adjuvant studies in women, one 10 mg tamoxifen citrate tablet was administered two (ECOG and NATO) or three (Toronto) times a day for two years.

In the NSABP B-14 adjuvant study in women with node-negative breast cancer, one 10 mg tamoxifen citrate tablet was given twice a day for at least 5 years.

Results of the B-14 study suggest that continuation of therapy beyond five years does not provide additional benefit (see CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY ).

In the EBCTCG 1995 overview, the reduction in recurrence and mortality was greater in those studies that used tamoxifen for about 5 years than in those that used tamoxifen for a shorter period of therapy.

There was no indication that doses greater than 20 mg per day were more effective.

Current data from clinical trials support 5 years of adjuvant tamoxifen therapy for patients with breast cancer.

Ductal Carcinoma in Situ (DCIS) The recommended dose is tamoxifen 20 mg daily for 5 years.

Reduction in Breast Cancer Incidence in High Risk Women The recommended dose is tamoxifen 20 mg daily for 5 years.

There are no data to support the use of tamoxifen other than for 5 years (see CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY , Clinical Studies , Reduction in Breast Cancer Incidence in High Risk Women ).

fentaNYL 75 MCG/HR 72HR Transdermal System

DRUG INTERACTIONS

7 Monitor patients receiving fentanyl transdermal system and any CYP3A4 inhibitor for an extended period of time and adjust dosage, if necessary.

( 7.1 ) Use CNS Depressants with caution and in reduced dosage in patients who are receiving fentanyl transdermal system.

( 7.2 ) Avoid fentanyl transdermal system in patients taking a monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitor or within 14 days of stopping such treatment.

( 7.3 ) 7.1 Agents Affecting Cytochrome P450 3A4 Isoenzyme System Fentanyl is metabolized mainly via the human cytochrome P450 3A4 isoenzyme system (CYP3A4).

Coadministration with agents that induce CYP3A4 activity may reduce the efficacy of fentanyl transdermal system.

The concomitant use of fentanyl transdermal system with a CYP3A4 inhibitor (such as ritonavir, ketoconazole, itraconazole, troleandomycin, clarithromycin, nelfanivir, nefazadone, amiodarone, amprenavir, aprepitant, diltiazem, erythromycin, fluconazole, fosamprenavir, verapamil, or grapefruit juice) may result in an increase in fentanyl plasma concentrations, which could increase or prolong adverse drug effects and may cause fatal respiratory depression.

Closely monitor patients receiving fentanyl transdermal system and any CYP3A4 inhibitor and reduce the dosage of fentanyl transdermal system if warranted [see Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 )] .

7.2 Central Nervous System Depressants The concomitant use of fentanyl transdermal system with other central nervous system depressants, including but not limited to other opioids, sedatives, hypnotics, tranquilizers (e.g., benzodiazepines), general anesthetics, phenothiazines, skeletal muscle relaxants, and alcohol, may cause respiratory depression, hypotension, and profound sedation, or potentially result in coma or death.

Monitor patients closely when central nervous system depressants are used concomitantly with fentanyl transdermal system and reduce the dose of one or both agents.

7.3 MAO Inhibitors Avoid use of fentanyl transdermal system in the patient who would require the concomitant administration of a monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitor, or within 14 days of stopping such treatment because severe and unpredictable potentiation by MAO inhibitors has been reported with opioid analgesics.

OVERDOSAGE

10 10.1 Clinical Presentation Acute overdosage with opioids can be manifested by respiratory depression, somnolence progressing to stupor or coma, skeletal muscle flaccidity, cold and clammy skin, constricted pupils, and sometimes bradycardia, hypotension and death.

The pharmacokinetic characteristics of fentanyl transdermal system must also be taken into account when treating the overdose.

Even in the face of improvement, continued medical monitoring is required because of the possibility of extended effects.

Deaths due to overdose have been reported with abuse and misuse of fentanyl transdermal system.

10.2 Treatment Give primary attention to the reestablishment of a patent airway and institution of assisted or controlled ventilation.

Employ supportive measures (including oxygen and vasopressors) in the management of circulatory shock and pulmonary edema accompanying overdose as indicated.

Cardiac arrest or arrhythmias will require advanced life support techniques.

Remove all fentanyl transdermal systems.

The pure opioid antagonists, such as naloxone, are specific antidotes to respiratory depression from opioid overdose.

Since the duration of reversal is expected to be less than the duration of action of fentanyl, carefully monitor the patient until spontaneous respiration is reliably reestablished.

After fentanyl transdermal system removal, serum fentanyl concentrations decline gradually, falling about 50% in approximately 20 to 27 hours.

Therefore, management of an overdose must be monitored accordingly, at least 72 to 96 hours beyond the overdose.

Only administer opioid antagonists in the presence of clinically significant respiratory or circulatory depression secondary to hydromorphone overdose.

In patients who are physically dependent on any opioid agonist including fentanyl transdermal system, an abrupt or complete reversal of opioid effects may precipitate an acute abstinence syndrome.

The severity of the withdrawal syndrome produced will depend on the degree of physical dependence and the dose of the antagonist administered.

Please see the prescribing information for the specific opioid antagonist for details of their proper use.

DESCRIPTION

11 Fentanyl transdermal system is a transdermal system providing continuous systemic delivery of fentanyl, a potent opioid analgesic, for 72 hours.

The chemical name is N-Phenyl-N-(1-(2-phenylethyl)-4-piperidinyl) propanamide.

The structural formula is: C 22 H 28 N 2 O MW=336.5 The n‑octanol: water partition coefficient is 860:1.

The pKa is 8.4.

System Components and Structure The amount of fentanyl released from each system per hour is proportional to the surface area (25 mcg/hr per 7.8 cm 2 ).

The composition per unit area of all system sizes is identical.

Dose* (mcg/hr) Size (cm 2 ) Fentanyl Content (mg) Color of Printing on Back of Patch 12† 3.9 1.375 Dark Blue 25 7.8 2.75 Red 50 15.6 5.50 Green 75 23.4 8.25 Blue 100 31.2 11.0 Gray *Nominal delivery rate per hour †Nominal delivery rate is 12.5 mcg/hr Fentanyl transdermal system is a rectangular transparent unit comprising a protective liner and four functional layers.

Proceeding from the outer surface toward the surface adhering to skin, these layers are: 1) a backing layer of PET foil; 2) a drug containing layer of fentanyl and dipropylene glycol with hydroxypropyl cellulose; 3) an ethylene vinyl-acetate copolymer membrane that controls the rate of fentanyl delivery to the skin surface; and 4) a silicone adhesive.

Before use, a protective liner covering the adhesive layer is removed and discarded.

CLINICAL STUDIES

14 Fentanyl transdermal system as therapy for pain due to cancer has been studied in 153 patients.

In this patient population, fentanyl transdermal system has been administered in doses of 25 mcg/hr to 600 mcg/hr.

Individual patients have used fentanyl transdermal system continuously for up to 866 days.

At one month after initiation of fentanyl transdermal system therapy, patients generally reported lower pain intensity scores as compared to a prestudy analgesic regimen of oral morphine ( see graph).

The duration of fentanyl transdermal system use varied in cancer patients; 56% of patients used fentanyl transdermal system for over 30 days, 28% continued treatment for more than 4 months, and 10% used fentanyl transdermal system for more than 1 year.

In the pediatric population, the safety of fentanyl transdermal system has been evaluated in 289 patients with chronic pain 2 to 18 years of age.

The duration of fentanyl transdermal system use varied; 20% of pediatric patients were treated for ≤ 15 days; 46% for 16 to 30 days; 16% for 31 to 60 days; and 17% for at least 61 days.

Twenty-five patients were treated with fentanyl transdermal system for at least 4 months and 9 patients for more than 9 months.

HOW SUPPLIED

16 /STORAGE AND HANDLING Fentanyl Transdermal System is supplied in cartons containing 5 individually packaged systems.

See chart for information regarding individual systems.

Fentanyl Transdermal System Dose (mcg/hr) System Size (cm 2 ) Fentanyl Content (mg) NDC Number Fentanyl transdermal system-25 7.8 2.75 0406-9025-76 Fentanyl transdermal system-50 15.6 5.50 0406-9050-76 Fentanyl transdermal system-75 23.4 8.25 0406-9075-76 Fentanyl transdermal system-100 31.2 11.0 0406-9000-76 Store in original unopened pouch.

Store up to 25°C (77°F); excursions permitted to 15 to 30°C (59 to 86°F).

RECENT MAJOR CHANGES

Boxed Warning 7/2012 Indications and Usage ( 1 ) 7/2012 Dosage and Administration ( 2 ) 7/2012 Contraindications ( 4 ) 7/2012 Warnings and Precautions ( 5 ) 7/2012

GERIATRIC USE

8.5 Geriatric Use Clinical studies of fentanyl transdermal system did not include sufficient numbers of subjects aged 65 and over to determine whether they respond differently from younger subjects.

Other reported clinical experience has not identified differences in responses between the elderly and younger patients.

In general, dose selection for an elderly patient should be cautious, usually starting at the low end of the dosing range, reflecting the greater frequency of decreased hepatic, renal, or cardiac function, and of concomitant disease or other drug therapy.

Data from intravenous studies with fentanyl suggest that the elderly patients may have reduced clearance and a prolonged half-life.

Moreover, elderly patients may be more sensitive to the active substance than younger patients.

A study conducted with the fentanyl transdermal system in elderly patients demonstrated that fentanyl pharmacokinetics did not differ significantly from young adult subjects, although peak serum concentrations tended to be lower and mean half-life values were prolonged to approximately 34 hours [see Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 )] .

Monitor geriatric patients closely for signs of sedation and respiratory depression, particularly when initiating therapy with fentanyl transdermal system and when given in conjunction with other drugs that depress respiration [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.2 )( 5.4 )] .

DOSAGE FORMS AND STRENGTHS

3 Fentanyl transdermal system is available as: Fentanyl Transdermal System 12 mcg/hour * (system size 3.9 cm 2 ) is dark blue in color.

Fentanyl Transdermal System 25 mcg/hour (system size 7.8 cm 2 ) is red in color.

Fentanyl Transdermal System 50 mcg/hour (system size 15.6 cm 2 ) is green in color.

Fentanyl Transdermal System 75 mcg/hour (system size 23.4 cm 2 ) is blue in color.

Fentanyl Transdermal System 100 mcg/hour (system size 31.2 cm 2 ) is gray in color.

* This lowest dosage is designated as 12 mcg/hour (however, the actual dosage is 12.5 mcg/hour) to distinguish it from a 125 mcg/hr dosage that could be prescribed by multiple patches.

Transdermal system: 12 mcg/hr, 25 mcg/hr, 50 mcg/hr, 75 mcg/hr, 100 mcg/hr.

( 3 )

MECHANISM OF ACTION

12.1 Mechanism of Action Fentanyl is an opioid analgesic.

Fentanyl interacts predominately with the opioid mu‑receptor.

These mu-binding sites are distributed in the human brain, spinal cord, and other tissues.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1 Fentanyl transdermal system is a transdermal formulation of fentanyl indicated for the management of persistent, moderate to severe chronic pain in opioid-tolerant patients 2 years of age and older when a continuous, around-the-clock opioid analgesic is required for an extended period of time, and the patient cannot be managed by other means such as non-steroidal analgesics, opioid combination products, or immediate-release opioids.

Patients considered opioid-tolerant are those who are taking at least 60 mg of morphine daily, or at least 30 mg of oral oxycodone daily, or at least 8 mg of oral hydromorphone daily, or an equianalgesic dose of another opioid for a week or longer.

Fentanyl transdermal system contains fentanyl, a full opioid agonist.

Fentanyl transdermal system is indicated for the management of persistent, moderate to severe chronic pain in opioid‑tolerant patients 2 years of age and older when a continuous, around-the-clock opioid analgesic is needed for an extended period of time.

( 1 ) Fentanyl transdermal system is NOT intended for use as an as-needed analgesic.

( 1 )

PEDIATRIC USE

8.4 Pediatric Use The safety of fentanyl transdermal system was evaluated in three open-label trials in 289 pediatric patients with chronic pain, 2 years of age through 18 years of age.

Starting doses of 25 mcg/hr and higher were used by 181 patients who had been on prior daily opioid doses of at least 45 mg/day of oral morphine or an equianalgesic dose of another opioid.

Initiation of fentanyl transdermal system therapy in pediatric patients taking less than 60 mg/day of oral morphine or an equianalgesic dose of another opioid has not been evaluated in controlled clinical trials.

The safety and effectiveness of fentanyl transdermal system in children under 2 years of age have not been established.

To guard against excessive exposure to fentanyl transdermal system by young children, advise caregivers to strictly adhere to recommended fentanyl transdermal system application and disposal instructions [see Dosage and Administration ( 2.4 )( 2.5 ) and Warnings and Precautions ( 5.3 )] .

PREGNANCY

8.1 Pregnancy Teratogenic Effects Pregnancy C – There are no adequate and well-controlled studies in pregnant women.

Fentanyl transdermal system should be used during pregnancy only if the potential benefit justifies the potential risk to the fetus.

The potential effects of fentanyl on embryo-fetal development were studied in the rat, mouse, and rabbit models.

Published literature reports that administration of fentanyl (0, 10, 100, or 500 mcg/kg/day) to pregnant female Sprague-Dawley rats from day 7 to 21 via implanted microosmotic minipumps did not produce any evidence of teratogenicity (the high dose is approximately 2 times the daily human dose administered by a 100 mcg/hr patch on a mg/m 2 basis).

In contrast, the intravenous administration of fentanyl (0, 0.01, or 0.03 mg/kg) to bred female rats from gestation day 6 to 18 suggested evidence of embryotoxicity and a slight increase in mean delivery time in the 0.03 mg/kg/day group.

There was no clear evidence of teratogenicity noted.

Pregnant female New Zealand White rabbits were treated with fentanyl (0, 0.025, 0.1, 0.4 mg/kg) via intravenous infusion from day 6 to day 18 of pregnancy.

Fentanyl produced a slight decrease in the body weight of the live fetuses at the high dose, which may be attributed to maternal toxicity.

Under the conditions of the assay, there was no evidence for fentanyl induced adverse effects on embryo-fetal development at doses up to 0.4 mg/kg (approximately 3 times the daily human dose administered by a 100 mcg/hr patch on a mg/m 2 basis).

Nonteratogenic Effects Chronic maternal treatment with fentanyl during pregnancy has been associated with transient respiratory depression, behavioral changes, or seizures characteristic of neonatal abstinence syndrome in newborn infants.

Symptoms of neonatal respiratory or neurological depression were no more frequent than expected in most studies of infants born to women treated acutely during labor with intravenous or epidural fentanyl.

Transient neonatal muscular rigidity has been observed in infants whose mothers were treated with intravenous fentanyl.

The potential effects of fentanyl on prenatal and postnatal development were examined in the rat model.

Female Wistar rats were treated with 0, 0.025, 0.1, or 0.4 mg/kg/day fentanyl via intravenous infusion from day 6 of pregnancy through 3 weeks of lactation.

Fentanyl treatment (0.4 mg/kg/day) significantly decreased body weight in male and female pups and also decreased survival in pups at day 4.

Both the mid-dose and high-dose of fentanyl animals demonstrated alterations in some physical landmarks of development (delayed incisor eruption and eye opening) and transient behavioral development (decreased locomotor activity at day 28 which recovered by day 50).

The mid-dose and the high-dose are 0.4 and 1.6 times the daily human dose administered by a 100 mcg/hr patch on a mg/m 2 basis.

NUSRING MOTHERS

8.3 Nursing Mothers Fentanyl is excreted in human milk; therefore, fentanyl transdermal system is not recommended for use in nursing women because of the possibility of effects in their infants.

BOXED WARNING

WARNING: ABUSE POTENTIAL, RESPIRATORY DEPRESSION AND DEATH, ACCIDENTAL EXPOSURE, CYTOCHROME P450 3A4 INTERACTION, AND EXPOSURE TO HEAT Abuse Potential Fentanyl transdermal system contains fentanyl, an opioid agonist and a Schedule II controlled substance with an abuse liability similar to other opioid analgesics.

Fentanyl transdermal system can be abused in a manner similar to other opioid agonists, legal or illicit.

Persons at increased risk for opioid abuse include those with a personal or family history of substance abuse (including drug or alcohol abuse or addiction) or mental illness (e.g., major depression).

Assess patients for their clinical risks for opioid abuse or addiction prior to prescribing fentanyl transdermal system and then routinely monitor all patients for signs of misuse, abuse and addiction during treatment [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1 ) and Drug Abuse and Dependence ( 9 )].

Respiratory Depression and Death Respiratory depression and death may occur with use of fentanyl transdermal system, even when fentanyl transdermal system has been used as recommended and not misused or abused.

Proper dosing and titration are essential and fentanyl transdermal system should only be prescribed by healthcare professionals who are knowledgeable in the use of potent opioids for the management of chronic pain.

Fentanyl transdermal system is contraindicated for use in conditions in which the risk of life-threatening respiratory depression is significantly increased, including use as an as-needed analgesic, use in non-opioid tolerant patients, acute pain, and postoperative pain.

Monitor for respiratory depression, especially during the first two applications following initiation of dosing, or following an increase in dosage [see Contraindications ( 4 ) and Warnings and Precautions ( 5.2 )].

Accidental Exposure Death and other serious medical problems have occurred when children and adults were accidentally exposed to fentanyl transdermal system.

Advise patients about strict adherence to the recommended handling and disposal instructions in order to prevent accidental exposure [see Dosage and Administration ( 2.3 ) ( 2.4 ) and Warnings and Precautions ( 5.3 )].

Cytochrome P450 3A4 Interaction The concomitant use of fentanyl transdermal system with all cytochrome P450 3A4 inhibitors may result in an increase in fentanyl plasma concentrations, which could increase or prolong adverse drug effects and may cause potentially fatal respiratory depression.

Monitor patients receiving fentanyl transdermal system and any CYP3A4 inhibitor [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.8 ), and Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 )] .

Exposure To Heat The fentanyl transdermal system application site and surrounding area must not be exposed to direct external heat sources, such as heating pads or electric blankets, heat or tanning lamps, sunbathing, hot baths, saunas, hot tubs, and heated water beds.

Exposure to heat may increase fentanyl absorption and there have been reports of overdose and death as a result of exposure to heat ( 5.9 ) .

Patients wearing fentanyl transdermal systems who develop fever or increased core body temperature due to strenuous exertion are also at risk for increased fentanyl exposure and may require an adjustment in the dose of fentanyl transdermal system to avoid overdose and death ( 5.10 ) .

WARNING: ABUSE POTENTIAL, RESPIRATORY DEPRESSION AND DEATH, ACCIDENTAL EXPOSURE, CYTOCHROME P450 3A4 INTERACTION, AND EXPOSURE TO HEAT See full prescribing information for complete boxed warning.

Contains a high concentration of fentanyl, a Schedule II controlled substance, which is subject to misuse, abuse, addiction, and criminal diversion.

( 9 ) Fatal respiratory depression could occur in patients who are not opioid‑tolerant and in patients that are opioid‑tolerant even if fentanyl transdermal system is not misused or abused.

( 5 ) Accidental exposure of fentanyl transdermal system, especially in children, can result in a fatal overdose of fentanyl.

( 5 ) CYP 3A4 inhibitors can result in a fatal overdose of fentanyl from fentanyl transdermal system.

( 5 ) Avoid exposing the fentanyl transdermal system application site and surrounding area to direct external heat sources.

Temperature dependent increases in fentanyl release from the system may result in overdose and death.

( 5 )

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

5 WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS Fentanyl transdermal system can be abused.

Use caution when prescribing if there is an increased risk of misuse, abuse, or diversion.

( 5.1 ) Fatal respiratory depression can occur with fentanyl transdermal system.

Monitor patients accordingly.

Use with extreme caution in patients at risk of respiratory depression.

( 5.2 ) Accidental exposure of fentanyl transdermal system, especially in children, can result in a fatal overdose of fentanyl.

( 5.3 ) Use fentanyl transdermal system with extreme caution in patients susceptible to intracranial effects of CO 2 retention.

( 5.6 ) Fentanyl transdermal system may have additive effects when used in conjunction with other CNS depressants, alcohol, and drugs of abuse.

( 5.7 ) Use of fentanyl transdermal system with a CYP3A4 inhibitor may result in an increase in fentanyl plasma concentrations.

Monitor patients accordingly and adjust dosage if necessary.

( 5.8 ) Fentanyl transdermal system may produce bradycardia.

Administer with caution to patients with bradyarrhythmias.

( 5.11 ) Use fentanyl transdermal system with caution in patients with pancreatic/biliary disease.

( 5.14 ) 5.1 Abuse Potential Fentanyl transdermal system contains fentanyl, an opioid agonist and a Schedule II controlled substance with an abuse liability similar to other opioid analgesics.

Schedule II opioid substances which include hydromorphone, morphine, oxycodone, fentanyl, oxymorphone and methadone have the highest potential for abuse and risk of fatal overdose due to respiratory depression.

Fentanyl transdermal system can be abused in a manner similar to other opioid agonists, legal or illicit.

These risks should be considered when administering, prescribing, or dispensing fentanyl transdermal system in situations where the healthcare professional is concerned about increased risk of misuse, abuse, or diversion [see Drug Abuse and Dependence ( 9 )] .

Assess patients for their clinical risks for opioid abuse or addiction prior to being prescribed opioids.

Routinely monitor all patients receiving opioids for signs of misuse, abuse and addiction since use of opioid analgesic products carries the risk of addiction even under appropriate medical use.

Persons at increased risk for opioid abuse include those with a personal or family history of substance abuse (including drug or alcohol abuse or addiction) or mental illness (e.g., major depression).

Patients at increased risk may still be appropriately treated with modified-release opioid formulations; however these patients will require intensive monitoring for signs of misuse, abuse, or addiction.

Concerns about abuse, addiction, and diversion should not prevent the proper management of pain.

Contact local state professional licensing board or state controlled substances authority for information on how to prevent and detect abuse or diversion of this product.

5.2 Respiratory Depression and Death Respiratory depression is the chief hazard of fentanyl transdermal system.

Respiratory depression, if not immediately recognized and treated, may lead to respiratory arrest and death.

Fentanyl transdermal system has a narrow indication and should be prescribed only by healthcare professionals who are knowledgeable in the administration of potent opioids and management of chronic pain [see Indications and Usage ( 1 )] .

Fentanyl transdermal system is contraindicated for use in conditions in which the risk of life-threatening respiratory depression is significantly increased, including use as an as-needed analgesic, use in non-opioid tolerant patients, acute pain, and postoperative pain [see Contraindications ( 4 )].

Proper dosing and titration of fentanyl transdermal system are essential [see Dosage and Administration ( 2.3 )] .

Overestimating the fentanyl transdermal system dose when converting patients from another opioid medication, can result in fatal overdose with the first dose.

However, respiratory depression has also been reported with use of fentanyl transdermal system in patients who are opioid-tolerant, even when fentanyl transdermal system has been used as recommended and not misused or abused.

The mean half-life of fentanyl when delivered by fentanyl transdermal system is approximately 20 to 27 hours.

Serum fentanyl concentrations continue to rise for the first two system applications.

In addition, significant amounts of fentanyl continue to be absorbed from the skin for 24 hours or more after the patch is removed [see Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 )] .

Respiratory depression from opioids is manifested by a reduced urge to breathe and a decreased rate of respiration, often associated with a “sighing” pattern of breathing (deep breaths separated by abnormally long pauses).

Carbon dioxide retention from opioid-induced respiratory depression can exacerbate the sedating effects of opioids.

While serious, life-threatening or fatal respiratory depression can occur at any time during the use of fentanyl transdermal system, the potential for serious, life-threatening, or fatal respiratory depression is greatest during the first two applications following initiation of dosing, or following an increase in dosage.

Closely monitor patients for respiratory depression when initiating therapy with fentanyl transdermal system, especially within the initial 24 to 72 hours when serum concentrations from the initial patch will peak, and following increases in dosage.

Because significant amounts of fentanyl continue to be absorbed from the skin for 24 hours or more after the patch is removed, respiratory depression may persist beyond the removal of fentanyl transdermal system.

Monitor patients for respiratory depression after patch removal to ensure that the patient’s respiration has stabilized for at least 24 to 72 hours or longer as clinical symptoms dictate.

Management of respiratory depression may include close observation, supportive measures, and use of opioid antagonists, depending on the patient’s clinical status [see Overdose ( 10.2 )].

5.3 Accidental Exposure A considerable amount of active fentanyl remains in fentanyl transdermal system even after use as directed.

Death and other serious medical problems have occurred when children and adults were accidentally exposed to fentanyl transdermal system.

Accidental or deliberate application or ingestion by a child or adolescent will cause respiratory depression that could result in death.

Placing fentanyl transdermal system in the mouth, chewing it, swallowing it, or using it in ways other than indicated may cause choking or overdose that could result in death.

Advise patients about strict adherence to the recommended handling and disposal instructions in order to prevent accidental exposure to fentanyl transdermal system (see Dosage and Administration ( 2.4 ) ( 2.5 )].

5.4 Elderly, Cachectic, and Debilitated Patients Respiratory depression is more likely to occur in elderly, cachectic, or debilitated patients as they may have altered pharmacokinetics due to poor fat stores, muscle wasting, or altered clearance.

Therefore, monitor these patients closely, particularly when initiating therapy with fentanyl transdermal system and when given in conjunction with other drugs that depress respiration [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.2 ) and Use in Specific Populations ( 8.5 )] .

5.5 Chronic Pulmonary Disease Monitor patients with significant chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or cor pulmonale, and patients having a substantially decreased respiratory reserve, hypoxia, hypercapnia, or pre-existing respiratory depression for respiratory depression, particularly when initiating therapy with fentanyl transdermal system, as in these patients, even usual therapeutic doses of fentanyl transdermal system may decrease respiratory drive to the point of apnea [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.2 )].

Consider the use of alternative non-opioid analgesics in these patients if possible.

5.6 Head Injuries and Increased Intracranial Pressure Avoid use of fentanyl transdermal system in patients who may be particularly susceptible to the intracranial effects of CO 2 retention such as those with evidence of increased intracranial pressure, impaired consciousness, or coma [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.2 )] .

In addition, opioids may obscure the clinical course of patients with head injury.

Monitor patients with brain tumors who may be susceptible to the intracranial effects of CO 2 retention for signs of sedation and respiratory depression, particularly when initiating therapy with fentanyl transdermal system, as fentanyl transdermal system may reduce respiratory drive and CO 2 retention can further increase intracranial pressure.

5.7 Interactions with Other CNS Depressants, Alcohol, and Drugs of Abuse The concomitant use of fentanyl transdermal system with other central nervous system depressants, including, but not limited to, other opioids, sedatives, hypnotics, tranquilizers (e.g., benzodiazepines), general anesthetics, phenothiazines, skeletal muscle relaxants, and alcohol, may cause respiratory depression, hypotension, and profound sedation or coma.

Monitor patients prescribed concomitant CNS active drugs for signs of sedation and respiratory depression, particularly when initiating therapy with fentanyl transdermal system, and reduce the dose of one or both agents [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.2 )].

5.8 Interactions with CYP3A4 Inhibitors The concomitant use of fentanyl transdermal system with a CYP3A4 inhibitors (such as ritonavir, ketoconazole, itraconazole, troleandomycin, clarithromycin, nelfinavir, nefazadone, amiodarone, amprenavir, aprepitant, diltiazem, erythromycin, fluconazole, fosamprenavir, verapamil) may result in an increase in fentanyl plasma concentrations, which could increase or prolong adverse drug effects and may cause potentially fatal respiratory depression.

Carefully monitor patients receiving fentanyl transdermal system and any CYP3A4 inhibitor for signs of sedation and respiratory depression for an extended period of time, and make dosage adjustments if warranted [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.2 ), Drug Interactions ( 7.1 ) and Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 )] .

5.9 Application of External Heat Exposure to heat may increase fentanyl absorption and there have been reports of overdose and death as a result of exposure to heat.

A clinical pharmacology study conducted in healthy adult subjects has shown that the application of heat over the fentanyl transdermal system increased fentanyl exposure [see Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 )].

Warn patients to avoid exposing the fentanyl transdermal system application site and surrounding area to direct external heat sources [see Dosage and Administration ( 2.4 )].

5.10 Patients with Fever Based on a pharmacokinetic model, serum fentanyl concentrations could theoretically increase by approximately one-third for patients with a body temperature of 40°C (104°F) due to temperature-dependent increases in fentanyl released from the system and increased skin permeability.

Monitor patients wearing fentanyl transdermal systems who develop fever closely for opioid side effects and reduce the fentanyl transdermal system dose if necessary.

Warn patients to avoid strenuous exertion that leads to increased core body temperature while wearing fentanyl transdermal system to avoid the risk of potential overdose and death.

5.11 Cardiac Disease Fentanyl transdermal system may produce bradycardia.

Monitor patients with bradyarrhythmias closely for changes in heart rate, particularly when initiating therapy with fentanyl transdermal system.

5.12 Hepatic Impairment A clinical pharmacology study with fentanyl transdermal system in patients with cirrhosis has shown that systemic fentanyl exposure increased in these patients.

Because of the long half-life of fentanyl when administered as fentanyl transdermal system and hepatic metabolism of fentanyl, avoid use of fentanyl transdermal system in patients with severe hepatic impairment.

Insufficient information exists to make precise dosing recommendations regarding the use of fentanyl transdermal system in patients with impaired hepatic function.

Therefore, to avoid starting patients with mild to moderate hepatic impairment on too high of a dose, start with one half of the usual dosage of fentanyl transdermal system.

Closely monitor for signs of sedation and respiratory depression, including at each dosage increase.

[see Dosing and Administration ( 2.2 ),Use in Specific Populations (8.6) and Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 )].

5.13 Renal Impairment A clinical pharmacology study with intravenous fentanyl in patients undergoing kidney transplantation has shown that patients with high blood urea nitrogen level had low fentanyl clearance.

Because of the long half-life of fentanyl when administered as fentanyl transdermal system, avoid the use of fentanyl transdermal system in patients with severe renal impairment.

Insufficient information exists to make precise dosing recommendations regarding the use of fentanyl transdermal system in patients with impaired renal function.

Therefore, to avoid starting patients with mild to moderate renal impairment on too high of a dose, start with one half of the usual dosage of fentanyl transdermal system.

Closely monitor for signs of sedation and respiratory depression, including at each dosage increase [see Dosing and Administration ( 2.2 ), Use in Specific Populations ( 8.7 ) and Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 )].

5.14 Use in Pancreatic/Biliary Tract Disease Fentanyl transdermal system may cause spasm of the sphincter of Oddi.

Monitor patients with biliary tract disease, including acute pancreatitis for worsened symptoms.

Fentanyl transdermal system may cause increases in the serum amylase concentration.

5.15 Avoidance of Withdrawal Opioid withdrawal symptoms (such as nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, anxiety, and shivering) are possible in some patients after conversion to another opioid or when decreasing or discontinuing fentanyl transdermal system.

Gradual reduction of the dose of fentanyl transdermal system is recommended [see Dosage and Administration ( 2.3 ) and Drug Abuse and Dependence ( 9 )] .

5.16 Driving and Operating Machinery Strong opioid analgesics impair the mental or physical abilities required for the performance of potentially dangerous tasks, such as driving a car or operating machinery.

Warn patients not to drive or operate dangerous machinery unless they are tolerant to the effects of the fentanyl transdermal system.

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

17 PATIENT COUNSELING INFORMATION See FDA-approved patient labeling (Medication Guide and Instructions for Use) Provide patients receiving fentanyl transdermal system the following information: Fentanyl transdermal system contains fentanyl, an opioid pain medicine that can cause serious breathing problems and death, especially if used in the wrong way and therefore should be taken only as directed.

Instruct patients to call their doctor immediately or seek emergency medical help if they experience breathing problems while taking fentanyl transdermal system.

Fentanyl transdermal system contains fentanyl which has a high potential for abuse.

Instruct patients, family members, and caregivers to protect fentanyl transdermal system from theft or misuse in the work or home environment.

Instruct patients to never give fentanyl transdermal system to anyone other than the individual for whom it was prescribed because of the risk of death or other serious medical problems to that person for whom it was not intended.

Advise patients never to change the dose of fentanyl transdermal system or the number of patches applied to the skin unless instructed to do so by the prescribing healthcare professional.

Warn patients of the potential for temperature-dependent increases in fentanyl release from the patch that could result in an overdose of fentanyl.

Instruct patients to contact their healthcare provider if they develop a high fever.

Instruct patients to: avoid strenuous exertion that can increase body temperature while wearing the patch.

avoid exposing the fentanyl transdermal system application site and surrounding area to direct external heat sources including heating pads, electric blankets, sunbathing, heat or tanning lamps, saunas, hot tubs or hot baths, and heated water beds.

Keep fentanyl transdermal system in a secure place out of the reach of children due to the high risk of fatal respiratory depression .

Fentanyl transdermal system can be accidentally transferred to children.

Instruct patients to take special precautions to avoid accidental contact when holding or caring for children.

If the patch dislodges and accidentally sticks to the skin of another person, to immediately take the patch off, wash the exposed area with water and seek medical attention for the accidentally exposed individual as accidental exposure may lead to death or other serious medical problems.

To properly disposal of used and unneeded, unused fentanyl transdermal system, remove them from their pouches, fold them so that the adhesive side of the patch adheres to itself, and flush them down the toilet.

Fentanyl transdermal system may impair mental and/or physical ability required for the performance of potentially hazardous tasks (e.g., driving, operating machinery).

Instruct patients to refrain from any potentially dangerous activity when starting on fentanyl transdermal system or when their dose is being adjusted, until it is established that they have not been adversely affected.

Advise women of childbearing potential who become, or are planning to become pregnant, to consult a healthcare provider prior to initiating or continuing therapy with fentanyl transdermal system.

Instruct patients not to use alcohol or other CNS depressants (e.g.

sleep medications, tranquilizers) while using fentanyl transdermal system because dangerous additive effects may occur, resulting in serious injury or death.

Advise patients of the potential for severe constipation.

When no longer needed, fentanyl transdermal system should not be stopped abruptly to avoid the risk of precipitating withdrawal symptoms.

17.1 Medication Guide Fentanyl Transdermal System, CII Fentanyl transdermal system is: A strong prescription pain medicine that contains an opioid (narcotic) that is used to treat moderate to severe around-the-clock pain, in people who are already regularly using opioid pain medicine.

Important information about fentanyl transdermal system: Get emergency help right away if you use too much fentanyl transdermal system (overdose).

Fentanyl transdermal system overdose can cause life-threatening breathing problems that can lead to death.

Never give anyone else your fentanyl transdermal system.

They could die from using it.

Store fentanyl transdermal system away from children and in a safe place to prevent stealing or abuse.

Selling or giving away fentanyl transdermal system is against the law.

Do not use fentanyl transdermal system if you have: severe asthma, trouble breathing, or other lung problems.

a bowel blockage or have narrowing of the stomach or intestines.

Before applying fentanyl transdermal system, tell your healthcare provider if you have a history of: head injury, seizures liver, kidney, thyroid problems problems urinating pancreas or gallbladder problems abuse of street or prescription drugs, alcohol addiction, or mental health problems.

Tell your healthcare provider if you: have a fever are pregnant or planning to become pregnant.

Fentanyl transdermal system may harm your unborn baby.

are breastfeeding.

Fentanyl transdermal system passes into breast milk and may harm your baby.

are taking prescription or over-the-counter medicines, vitamins, or herbal supplements.

When using fentanyl transdermal system: Do not change your dose.

Apply fentanyl transdermal system exactly as prescribed by your healthcare provider.

See the detailed Instructions for Use for information about how to apply and dispose of the fentanyl transdermal system.

Do not wear more than 1 patch at the same time unless your healthcare provider tells you to.

Call your healthcare provider if the dose you are using does not control your pain.

Do not stop using fentanyl transdermal system without talking to your healthcare provider.

While using fentanyl transdermal system Do Not: Take hot baths or sunbathe, use hot tubs, saunas, heating pads, electric blankets, heated waterbeds, or tanning lamps, or engage in exercise that increases your body temperature.

These can cause an overdose that can lead to death.

Drive or operate heavy machinery, until you know how fentanyl transdermal system affects you.

Fentanyl transdermal system can make you sleepy, dizzy, or lightheaded.

Drink alcohol or use prescription or over-the-counter medicines that contain alcohol.

The possible side effects of fentanyl transdermal system are: constipation, nausea, sleepiness, vomiting, tiredness, headache, dizziness, abdominal pain, itching, redness, or rash where the patch is applied.

Call your healthcare provider if you have any of these symptoms and they are severe.

Get emergency medical help if you have: trouble breathing, shortness of breath, fast heartbeat, chest pain, swelling of your face, tongue or throat, extreme drowsiness, or you are feeling faint.

These are not all the possible side effects of fentanyl transdermal system.

Call your doctor for medical advice about side effects.

You may report side effects to FDA at 1-800-FDA-1088.

For more information go to dailymed.nlm.nih.gov This Medication Guide has been approved by the U.S.

Food and Drug Administration.

17.2 Instructions for Use Instructions for Applying a Fentanyl Transdermal System Before Applying Fentanyl Transdermal System Each fentanyl transdermal system is sealed in its own protective pouch.

Do not remove a fentanyl transdermal system from the pouch until you are ready to use it.

Do not use a fentanyl transdermal system if the pouch seal is broken or the patch is cut, damaged or changed in any way.

Fentanyl transdermal systems are available in 4 different doses and patch sizes.

Make sure you have the right dose patch or patches that have been prescribed for you.

Applying a Fentanyl Transdermal System 1.

Skin Areas Where the Fentanyl Transdermal System May Be Applied: For adults: Put the patch on the chest, back, flank (sides of the waist), or upper arm in a place where there is no hair ( see Figures 1-4 ).

For children (and adults with mental impairment): Put the patch on the upper back ( see Figure 2 ).

This will lower the chances that the child will remove the patch and put it in their mouth.

For adults and children: Do not put a fentanyl transdermal system on skin that is very oily, burned, broken out, cut, irritated, or damaged in any way.

Avoid sensitive areas or those that move around a lot.

If there is hair, do not shave (shaving irritates the skin).

Instead, clip hair as close to the skin as possible ( see Figure 5 ).

Talk to your doctor if you have questions about skin application sites.

2.

Prepare to Apply a Fentanyl Transdermal System: Choose the time of day that is best for you to apply fentanyl transdermal system.

Change it at about the same time of day (3 days or 72 hours after you apply the patch) or as directed by your doctor.

Do not wear more than one fentanyl transdermal system at a time unless your doctor tells you to do so.

Before putting on a new fentanyl transdermal system, remove the patch you have been wearing.

Clean the skin area with clear water only.

Pat skin completely dry.

Do not use anything on the skin such as soaps, lotions, oils, or alcohol before the patch is applied.

3.

Open the pouch: Fold and tear at slit, or cut at slit taking care so as not to cut the patch, and remove the fentanyl transdermal system.

Each fentanyl transdermal system is sealed in its own protective pouch.

Do not remove the fentanyl transdermal system from the pouch until you are ready to use it ( see Figure 6 ).

4.

Peel: Peel off both parts of the protective liner from the patch.

Each fentanyl transdermal system has a clear plastic backing that can be peeled off in two pieces.

This covers the sticky side of the patch.

Carefully peel this backing off.

Throw the clear plastic backing away.

Touch the sticky side of the fentanyl transdermal system as little as possible ( see Figure 7 ).

5.

Press: Press the patch onto the chosen skin site with the palm of your hand and hold there for at least 30 seconds ( see Figure 8 ).

Make sure it sticks well, especially at the edges.

Fentanyl transdermal system may not stick to all patients.

You need to check the patches often to make sure that they are sticking well to the skin.

If the patch falls off right away after applying, throw it away and put a new one on at a different skin site ( see Disposing a Fentanyl Transdermal System ).

If you have a problem with the patch not sticking Apply first aid tape only to the edges of the patch.

If you continue to have problems with the patch sticking, you may cover the patch with Bioclusive™ or Tegaderm™.

These are special see-through adhesive dressings.

Never cover a fentanyl transdermal system with any other bandage or tape.

Remove the backing from the Bioclusive™ or Tegaderm™ dressing and place it carefully over the fentanyl transdermal system, smoothing it over the patch and your skin.

If your patch falls off later, but before 3 days (72 hours) of use, discard it properly ( see Disposing a Fentanyl Transdermal System ) and put a new one on at a different skin site.

Be sure to let your doctor know that this has happened, and do not replace the new patch until 3 days (72 hours) after you put it on (or as directed by your doctor).

6.

Wash your hands when you have finished applying a fentanyl transdermal system.

7.

Remove a fentanyl transdermal system after wearing it for 3 days (72 hours) ( see Disposing a Fentanyl Transdermal System ).

Choose a different place on the skin to apply a new fentanyl transdermal system and repeat Steps 2 through 6.

Do not apply the new patch to the same place as the last one.

Water and Fentanyl Transdermal System You can bathe, swim or shower while you are wearing a fentanyl transdermal system.

If the patch falls off before 3 days (72 hours) after application, discard it properly ( see Disposing a Fentanyl Transdermal System ) and put a new one on at a different skin site.

Be sure to let your doctor know that this has happened, and do not replace the new patch until 3 days (72 hours) after you put it on (or as directed by your doctor).

Disposing a Fentanyl Transdermal System Fold the used fentanyl transdermal system in half so that the sticky side sticks to itself ( see Figure 9 ).

Flush the used fentanyl transdermal system down the toilet right away ( see Figure 10 ).

A used fentanyl transdermal system CAN be VERY dangerous for or even lead to death in babies, children, pets, and adults who have not been prescribed fentanyl transdermal system.

Throw away any fentanyl transdermal systems that are left over from your prescription as soon as they are no longer needed.

Remove the leftover patches from their protective pouch and remove the protective liner.

Fold the patches in half with the sticky sides together, and flush the patches down the toilet.

Do not flush the pouch or the protective liner down the toilet.

These items can be thrown away in a trash can.

Bioclusive is a trademark of Systagenix Wound Management (US), Inc.

Tegaderm is a trademark of 3M Company.

Rx only Manufactured by: LTS Lohmann Therapy Systems, Corp.

21 Henderson Drive W.

Caldwell, NJ 07006 Manufactured for: Mallinckrodt Inc.

Hazelwood, MO 63042 USA Printed in USA 0003577 Issued 04/2013 Mallinckrodt

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

2 Individualize treatment in every case as part of a pain management plan.

( 2 ) Initial dose selection: carefully select initial dose based on the status of each patient, consult conversion instructions.

( 2.1 ) Each transdermal system is intended to be worn for 72 hours.

( 2.2 ) Individually titrate to a tolerable dose that provides adequate analgesia.

( 2.2 ) Adhere to instructions concerning administration and disposal of fentanyl transdermal system.

( 2.3 ) When fentanyl transdermal systemis no longer needed by the patient, taper the dose as part of a pain management plan.

( 2.4 ) Use with caution in the hepatic, and renally impaired patients.

( 2.2 ) 2.1 Proper Patient Selection Abuse Potential Assess patients for their clinical risks for opioid abuse or addiction prior to being prescribing fentanyl transdermal system [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1 )] .

Opioid Tolerance Opioid tolerance to an opioid of comparable potency must be established before prescribing fentanyl transdermal system [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.2 )] .

Patients considered opioid-tolerant are those who are taking at least 60 mg of morphine daily, or at least 30 mg of oral oxycodone daily, or at least 8 mg of oral hydromorphone daily or an equianalgesic dose of another opioid for a week or longer.

2.2 Dosing Conversion to Fentanyl Transdermal System in Opioid-Tolerant Patients The recommended starting dose when converting from other opioids to fentanyl transdermal system is intended to minimize the potential for overdosing patients with the first dose.

Monitor patients closely for respiratory depression, especially within the first 24 to 72 hours of initiating therapy with fentanyl transdermal system [see Warnings and Precautions (5.2)] .

In selecting an initial fentanyl transdermal system dose, take the following factors into account: 1.

the daily dose, potency, and characteristics of the opioid the patient has been taking previously (e.g., whether it is a pure agonist or mixed agonist-antagonist); 2.

the reliability of the relative potency estimates used to calculate the fentanyl transdermal system dose needed (potency estimates may vary with the route of administration); 3.

the degree of opioid tolerance; 4.

the general condition and medical status of the patient.

To convert adult and pediatric patients from oral or parenteral opioids to fentanyl transdermal system, use Table 1 .

Do not use Table 1 to convert from fentanyl transdermal system to other therapies because this conversion to fentanyl transdermal system is conservative and will overestimate the dose of the new agent.

TABLE 1*: DOSE CONVERSION GUIDELINES Current Analgesic Daily Dosage (mg/day) Oral morphine 60-134 135-224 225-314 315-404 Intramuscular or Intravenous morphine 10-22 23-37 38-52 53-67 Oral oxycodone 30-67 67.5-112 112.5-157 157.5-202 Intramuscular or Intravenous oxycodone 15-33 33.1-56 56.1-78 78.1-101 Oral codeine 150-447 448-747 748-1047 1048-1347 Oral hydromorphone 8-17 17.1-28 28.1-39 39.1-51 Intravenous hydromorphone hydromorphone 1.5-3.4 3.5-5.6 5.7-7.9 8-10 Intramuscular meperidine 75-165 166-278 279-390 391-503 Oral methadone 20-44 45-74 75-104 105-134 Intramuscular methadone 10-22 23-37 38-52 53-67 Recommended Fentanyl Transdermal System Dose 25 mcg/hour 50 mcg/hour 75 mcg/hour 100 mcg/hour Alternatively, for adult and pediatric patients taking opioids or doses not listed in Table 1 , use the conversion methodology outlined above with Table 2 .

* Table 1 should not be used to convert from fentanyl transdermal system to other therapies because this conversion to fentanyl transdermal system is conservative.

Use of Table 1 for conversion to other analgesic therapies can overestimate the dose of the new agent.

Overdosage of the new analgesic agent is possible [see Dosage and Administration ( 2.3 )] .

Alternatively, for adult and pediatric patients taking opioids or doses not listed in Table 1 , use the following methodology: 1.

Calculate the previous 24-hour analgesic requirement.

2.

Convert this amount to the equianalgesic oral morphine dose using a reliable reference.

Refer to Table 2 for the range of 24-hour oral morphine doses that are recommended for conversion to each fentanyl transdermal system dose.

Use this table to find the calculated 24‑hour morphine dose and the corresponding fentanyl transdermal system dose.

Initiate fentanyl transdermal system treatment using the recommended dose and titrate patients upwards (no more frequently than 3 days after the initial dose and every 6 days thereafter) until analgesic efficacy is attained.

3.

Do not use Table 2 to convert from fentanyl transdermal system to other therapies because this conversion to fentanyl transdermal system is conservative and will overestimate the dose of the new agent.

TABLE 2 * : RECOMMENDED INITIAL FENTANYL TRANSDERMAL SYSTEM DOSE BASED UPON DAILY ORAL MORPHINE DOSE Oral 24-hour Morphine (mg/day) Fentanyl Transdermal System Dose (mcg/hour) 60-134 25 135-224 50 225-314 75 315-404 100 405-494 125 495-584 150 585-674 175 675-764 200 765-854 225 855-944 250 945-1034 275 1035-1124 300 NOTE: In clinical trials, these ranges of daily oral morphine doses were used as a basis for conversion to fentanyl transdermal system.

* Table 2 should not be used to convert from fentanyl transdermal system to other therapies because this conversion to fentanyl transdermal system is conservative.

Use of Table 2 for conversion to other analgesic therapies can overestimate the dose of the new agent.

Overdosage of the new analgesic agent is possible [see Dosage and Administration ( 2.3 )] .

For delivery rates in excess of 100 mcg/hour, multiple systems may be used.

Hepatic Impairment Avoid the use of fentanyl transdermal system in patients with severe hepatic impairment.

In patients with mild to moderate hepatic impairment, start with one half of the usual dosage of fentanyl transdermal system.

Closely monitor for signs of sedation and respiratory depression, including at each dosage increase [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.12 ), Use in Specific Populations ( 8.6 ) and Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 )] .

Renal Impairment Avoid the use of fentanyl transdermal system in patients with severe renal impairment.

In patients with mild to moderate renal impairment, start with one half of the usual dosage of fentanyl transdermal system.

Closely monitor for signs of sedation and respiratory depression, including at each dosage increase [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.13 ), Use in Specific Populations ( 8.7 ) and Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 )] .

2.3 Titration and Maintenance of Therapy Once therapy is initiated, assess pain intensity and opioid adverse reactions frequently, especially respiratory depression [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.2 )].

Routinely monitor all patients for signs of misuse, abuse and addiction [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.1 )].

The initial fentanyl transdermal system dose may be increased after 3 days based on the daily dose of supplemental opioid analgesics required by the patient on the second or third day of the initial application.

It may take up to 6 days for fentanyl levels to reach equilibrium on a new dose [see Clinical Pharmacology ( 12.3 )] .

Therefore, evaluate patients for further titration after no less than two 3-day applications before any further increase in dosage is made.

Base dosage increments on the daily dosage of supplementary opioids, using the ratio of 45 mg/24 hours of oral morphine to a 12 mcg/hour increase in fentanyl transdermal system dose.

The majority of patients are adequately maintained with fentanyl transdermal system administered every 72 hours.

Some patients may not achieve adequate analgesia using this dosing interval and may require systems to be applied at 48 hours rather than at 72 hours, only if adequate pain control cannot be achieved using a 72-hour regimen.

An increase in the fentanyl transdermal system dose should be evaluated before changing dosing intervals in order to maintain patients on a 72‑hour regimen.

Dosing intervals less than every 72 hours were not studied in children and adolescents and are not recommended.

Discontinuation of Fentanyl Transdermal System To convert patients to another opioid, remove fentanyl transdermal system and titrate the dose of the new analgesic based upon the patient’s report of pain until adequate analgesia has been attained.

Upon system removal, 17 hours or more are required for a 50% decrease in serum fentanyl concentrations.

Withdrawal symptoms are possible in some patients after conversion or dose adjustment [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.15 )].

Do not use Tables 1 and 2 to convert from fentanyl transdermal system to other therapies to avoid overestimating the dose of the new agent potentially resulting in overdose of the new analgesic and death.

When discontinuing fentanyl transdermal system and not converting to another opioid, use a gradual downward titration, such as halving the dose every 6 days, in order to reduce the possibility of withdrawal symptoms [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.15 )].

It is not known at what dose level fentanyl transdermal system may be discontinued without producing the signs and symptoms of opioid withdrawal.

2.4 Administration of Fentanyl Transdermal System Fentanyl transdermal system is for transdermal use, only.

Proper handling of fentanyl transdermal system is advised in order to prevent adverse reactions, including death, associated with accidental secondary exposure to fentanyl transdermal system [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.3 )].

Application and Handling Instructions Patients should apply fentanyl transdermal system to intact, non‑irritated, and non-irradiated skin on a flat surface such as the chest, back, flank, or upper arm.

In young children and persons with cognitive impairment, adhesion should be monitored and the upper back is the preferred location to minimize the potential of inappropriate patch removal.

Hair at the application site may be clipped (not shaved) prior to system application.

If the site of fentanyl transdermal system application must be cleansed prior to application of the patch, do so with clear water.

Do not use soaps, oils, lotions, alcohol, or any other agents that might irritate the skin or alter its characteristics.

Allow the skin to dry completely prior to patch application.

Patients should apply fentanyl transdermal system immediately upon removal from the sealed package.

The patch must not be altered (e.g., cut) in any way prior to application.

Fentanyl transdermal system should not be used if the pouch seal is broken or if the patch is cut or damaged.

The transdermal system is pressed firmly in place with the palm of the hand for 30 seconds, making sure the contact is complete, especially around the edges.

Each fentanyl transdermal system may be worn continuously for 72 hours.

The next patch is applied to a different skin site after removal of the previous transdermal system.

If problems with adhesion of the fentanyl transdermal system occur, the edges of the patch may be taped with first aid tape.

If problems with adhesion persist, the patch may be overlayed with a transparent adhesive film dressing.

If the patch falls off before 72 hours, dispose of it by folding in half and flushing down the toilet.

A new patch may be applied to a different skin site.

Patients (or caregivers who apply fentanyl transdermal system) should wash their hands immediately with soap and water after applying fentanyl transdermal system.

Contact with unwashed or unclothed application sites can result in secondary exposure to fentanyl transdermal system and should be avoided.

Examples of accidental exposure include transfer of a fentanyl transdermal system from an adult’s body to a child while hugging, sharing the same bed as the patient, accidental sitting on a patch and possible accidental exposure of a caregiver’s skin to the medication in the patch while applying or removing the patch.

Instruct patients, family members, and caregivers to keep patches in a secure location out of the reach of children and of others for whom fentanyl transdermal system was not prescribed.

Avoidance of Heat Instruct patients to avoid exposing the fentanyl transdermal system application site and surrounding area to direct external heat sources, such as heating pads or electric blankets, heat or tanning lamps, sunbathing, hot baths, saunas, hot tubs, and heated water beds, while wearing the system [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.9 )].

2.5 Disposal Instructions Proper disposal of fentanyl transdermal system is advised in order to prevent adverse reactions, including death, associated with accidental secondary exposure to fentanyl transdermal system [see Warnings and Precautions ( 5.3 )].

Patients should dispose of used patches by folding the adhesive side of the patch to itself, then flush the patch down the toilet immediately upon removal.

Patients should dispose of any patches remaining from a prescription as soon as they are no longer needed.

Unused patches should be removed from their pouches, fold so that the adhesive side of the patch adheres to itself, and flush down the toilet.

Ciprofloxacin 3 MG/ML / Dexamethasone 1 MG/ML Otic Suspension

Generic Name: CIPROFLOXACIN AND DEXAMETHASONE
Brand Name: CIPRODEX
  • Substance Name(s):
  • CIPROFLOXACIN HYDROCHLORIDE
  • DEXAMETHASONE

OVERDOSAGE

10 Due to the characteristics of this preparation, no toxic effects are to be expected with an otic overdose of this product.

DESCRIPTION

11 CIPRODEX (ciprofloxacin 0.3% and dexamethasone 0.1%) Sterile Otic Suspension contains the quinolone antimicrobial, ciprofloxacin hydrochloride, combined with the corticosteroid, dexamethasone, in a sterile, preserved suspension for otic use.

Each mL of CIPRODEX contains ciprofloxacin hydrochloride (equivalent to 3 mg ciprofloxacin base), 1 mg dexamethasone, and 0.1 mg benzalkonium chloride as a preservative.

The inactive ingredients are acetic acid, boric acid, edetate disodium, hydroxyethyl cellulose , purified water, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, and tyloxapol.

Sodium hydroxide or hydrochloric acid may be added for adjustment of pH.

Ciprofloxacin, a quinolone antimicrobial is available as the monohydrochloride monohydrate salt of 1-cyclopropyl-6-fluoro-1,4-dihydro-4-oxo-7-(1-piperazinyl)-3-quinoline carboxylic acid.

The empirical formula is C 17 H 18 FN 3 O 3 ·HCl·H 2 O.

The molecular weight is 385.82 g/mol and the structural formula is: Dexamethasone, 9-fluoro-11(beta),17,21-trihydroxy-16(alpha)-methylpregna-1,4-diene-3,20-dione, is a corticosteroid.

The empirical formula is C 22 H 29 FO 5 .

The molecular weight is 392.46 g/mol and the structural formula is:

CLINICAL STUDIES

14 In a randomized, multicenter, controlled clinical trial, CIPRODEX dosed 2 times per day for 7 days demonstrated clinical cures in the per protocol analysis in 86% of AOMT patients compared to 79% for ofloxacin solution, 0.3%, dosed 2 times per day for 10 days.

Among culture positive patients, clinical cures were 90% for CIPRODEX compared to 79% for ofloxacin solution, 0.3%.

Microbiological eradication rates for these patients in the same clinical trial were 91% for CIPRODEX compared to 82% for ofloxacin solution, 0.3%.

In 2 randomized multicenter, controlled clinical trials, CIPRODEX dosed 2 times per day for 7 days demonstrated clinical cures in 87% and 94% of per protocol evaluable AOE patients, respectively, compared to 84% and 89%, respectively, for otic suspension containing neomycin 0.35%, polymyxin B 10,000 units/mL, and hydrocortisone 1.0% (neo/poly/HC).

Among culture positive patients clinical cures were 86% and 92% for CIPRODEX compared to 84% and 89%, respectively, for neo/poly/HC.

Microbiological eradication rates for these patients in the same clinical trials were 86% and 92% for CIPRODEX compared to 85% and 85%, respectively, for neo/poly/HC.

HOW SUPPLIED

16 /STORAGE AND HANDLING How Supplied: CIPRODEX (ciprofloxacin 0.3% and dexamethasone 0.1%) Sterile Otic Suspension is a white-to off-white suspension supplied as follows: 7.5 mL fill in a DROP-TAINER ® system.

The DROP-TAINER system consists of a natural polyethylene bottle and natural plug, with a white polypropylene closure.

Tamper evidence is provided with a shrink band around the closure and neck area of the package.

7.5 mL fill NDC 0065-8533-02 Storage: Store at 20°C to 25°C (68°F to 77°F); excursions permitted to 15°C to 30°C (59°F to 86°F).

[See USP Controlled Room Temperature].

Avoid freezing.

Protect from light.

RECENT MAJOR CHANGES

Dosage and Administration, Important Administration Instructions ( 2.1 ) 2/2019

DOSAGE FORMS AND STRENGTHS

3 Otic Suspension: Each mL of CIPRODEX contains ciprofloxacin hydrochloride 0.3% (equivalent to 3 mg ciprofloxacin base) and dexamethasone 0.1% equivalent to 1 mg dexamethasone.

Otic Suspension: Each mL of CIPRODEX contains ciprofloxacin hydrochloride 0.3% (equivalent to 3 mg ciprofloxacin base) and dexamethasone 0.1% (equivalent to 1 mg dexamethasone).

( 3 )

MECHANISM OF ACTION

12.1 Mechanism of Action Ciprofloxacin is a fluoroquinolone antibacterial [see Microbiology (12.4)].

Dexamethasone, a corticosteroid, has been shown to suppress inflammation by inhibiting multiple inflammatory cytokines resulting in decreased edema, fibrin deposition, capillary leakage and migration of inflammatory cells.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1 CIPRODEX is indicated for the treatment of infections caused by susceptible isolates of the designated microorganisms in the specific conditions listed below: Acute Otitis Media (AOM) in pediatric patients (age 6 months and older) with tympanostomy tubes due to Staphylococcus aureus , Streptococcus pneumoniae , Haemophilus influenzae , Moraxella catarrhalis , and Pseudomonas aeruginosa .

Acute Otitis Externa (AOE) in pediatric (age 6 months and older), adult and elderly patients due to Staphylococcus aureus and Pseudomonas aeruginosa .

CIPRODEX is a combination of ciprofloxacin, a fluoroquinolone antibacterial and dexamethasone, a corticosteroid, indicated for the treatment of infections caused by susceptible isolates of the designated microorganisms in the specific conditions listed below: Acute Otitis Media (AOM) in pediatric patients (age 6 months and older) with tympanostomy tubes due to Staphylococcus aureus , Streptococcus pneumoniae , Haemophilus influenzae , Moraxella catarrhalis , and Pseudomonas aeruginosa .

( 1 ) Acute Otitis Externa (AOE) in pediatric (age 6 months and older), adult and elderly patients due to Staphylococcus aureus and Pseudomonas aeruginosa .

( 1)

PEDIATRIC USE

8.4 Pediatric Use The safety and efficacy of CIPRODEX have been established in pediatric patients 6 months and older (937 patients) in adequate and well-controlled clinical trials.

No clinically relevant changes in hearing function were observed in 69 pediatric patients (age 4 to 12 years) treated with CIPRODEX and tested for audiometric parameters.

PREGNANCY

8.1 Pregnancy Teratogenic Effects.

Pregnancy Category C: No adequate and well controlled studies with CIPRODEX have been performed in pregnant women.

Caution should be exercised when CIPRODEX is used by a pregnant woman.

Animal reproduction studies have not been conducted with CIPRODEX.

Reproduction studies with ciprofloxacin have been performed in rats and mice using oral doses of up to 100 mg/kg and intravenous (IV) doses up to 30 mg/kg, and have revealed no evidence of harm to the fetus.

In rabbits, ciprofloxacin (30 and 100 mg/kg orally) produced gastrointestinal disturbances resulting in maternal weight loss and an increased incidence of abortion, but no teratogenicity was observed at either dose.

After IV administration of doses up to 20 mg/kg, no maternal toxicity was produced in the rabbit, and no embryotoxicity or teratogenicity was observed.

Corticosteroids are generally teratogenic in laboratory animals when administered systemically at relatively low dosage levels.

The more potent corticosteroids have been shown to be teratogenic after dermal application in laboratory animals.

NUSRING MOTHERS

8.3 Nursing Mothers Ciprofloxacin and corticosteroids, as a class, appear in milk following oral administration.

Dexamethasone in breast milk could suppress growth, interfere with endogenous corticosteroid production, or cause other untoward effects.

It is not known whether topical otic administration of ciprofloxacin or dexamethasone could result in sufficient systemic absorption to produce detectable quantities in human milk.

Because of the potential for unwanted effects in nursing infants, a decision should be made whether to discontinue nursing or to discontinue the drug, taking into account the importance of the drug to the mother.

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

5 WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS Hypersensitivity and anaphylaxis have been reported with systemic use of quinolones.

Discontinue use if this occurs with use of CIPRODEX.

( 5.1 ) Prolonged use may result in overgrowth of non-susceptible bacteria and fungi.

( 5.2 ) 5.1 Hypersensitivity Reactions CIPRODEX should be discontinued at the first appearance of a skin rash or any other sign of hypersensitivity.

Serious and occasionally fatal hypersensitivity (anaphylactic) reactions, some following the first dose, have been reported in patients receiving systemic quinolones.

Some reactions were accompanied by cardiovascular collapse, loss of consciousness, angioedema (including laryngeal, pharyngeal, or facial edema), airway obstruction, dyspnea, urticaria, and itching.

5.2 Potential for Microbial Overgrowth With Prolonged Use Prolonged use of CIPRODEX may result in overgrowth of non-susceptible, bacteria and fungi.

If the infection is not improved after one week of treatment, cultures should be obtained to guide further treatment.

If such infections occur, discontinue use and institute alternative therapy.

5.3 Continued or Recurrent Otorrhea If otorrhea persists after a full course of therapy, or if two or more episodes of otorrhea occur within six months, further evaluation is recommended to exclude an underlying condition such as cholesteatoma, foreign body, or a tumor.

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

17 PATIENT COUNSELING INFORMATION Advise the patient to read the FDA-approved patient labeling (Patient Information and Instructions for Use).

For Otic Use Only Advise patients that CIPRODEX is for otic use (ears) only.

This product must not be used in the eye.

Administration Instructions Instruct patients to warm the bottle in their hand for one to two minutes prior to use and shake well immediately before using [see Dosage and Administration (2.1, 2.2)] .

Allergic Reactions Advise patients to discontinue use immediately and contact their physician, if rash or allergic reaction occurs [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1)] .

Avoid Contamination of the Product Advise patients to avoid contaminating the tip with material from the ear, fingers, or other sources [see Instructions for Use] .

Duration of Use Advise patients that it is very important to use the eardrops for as long as their doctor has instructed, even if the symptoms improve [see Patient Information] .

Protect From Light Advise patients to protect the product from light [see How Supplied/Storage and Handling (16)] .

Unused Product Advise patients to discard unused portion after therapy is completed [see Dosage and Administration (2.2)] .

DROP-TAINER is a trademark of Alcon.

Distributed by: Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corporation East Hanover, New Jersey 07936 T2019-37

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

2 CIPRODEX is for otic use (ears) only, not for ophthalmic use, or for injection.

( 2.1 ) Shake well immediately before use.

( 2.1 ) Instill four drops into the affected ear twice daily, for seven days.

( 2 ) 2.1 Important Administration Instructions CIPRODEX is for otic use (ears) only, and not for ophthalmic use, or for injection.

Shake well immediately before use.

2.2 Dosage For the Treatment of Acute Otitis Media in Pediatric Patients (age 6 months and older) With Tympanostomy Tubes The recommended dosage regimen through tympanostomy tubes is as follows: Four drops [equivalent to 0.14 mL of CIPRODEX, (consisting of 0.42 mg of ciprofloxacin and 0.14 mg of dexamethasone)] instilled into the affected ear twice daily for seven days.

The suspension should be warmed by holding the bottle in the hand for one or two minutes to avoid dizziness, which may result from the instillation of a cold suspension.

The patient should lie with the affected ear upward, and then the drops should be instilled.

The tragus should then be pumped 5 times by pushing inward to facilitate penetration of the drops into the middle ear.

This position should be maintained for 60 seconds.

Repeat, if necessary, for the opposite ear.

Discard unused portion after therapy is completed.

For the Treatment of Acute Otitis Externa (age 6 months and older) The recommended dosage regimen is as follows: Four drops [equivalent to 0.14 mL of CIPRODEX, (consisting of 0.42 mg ciprofloxacin and 0.14 mg dexamethasone)] instilled into the affected ear twice daily for seven days.

The suspension should be warmed by holding the bottle in the hand for one or two minutes to avoid dizziness, which may result from the instillation of a cold suspension.

The patient should lie with the affected ear upward, and then the drops should be instilled.

This position should be maintained for 60 seconds to facilitate penetration of the drops into the ear canal.

Repeat, if necessary, for the opposite ear.

Discard unused portion after therapy is completed.

telmisartan 20 MG Oral Tablet

DRUG INTERACTIONS

7 Aliskiren: Do not co-administer aliskiren with telmisartan in patients with diabetes.

Avoid use of aliskiren with telmisartan in patients with renal impairment (GFR <60 ml/min).

Digoxin : When telmisartan was co-administered with digoxin, median increases in digoxin peak plasma concentration (49%) and in trough concentration (20%) were observed.

Therefore, monitor digoxin levels when initiating, adjusting, and discontinuing telmisartan for the purpose of keeping the digoxin level within the therapeutic range.

Lithium : Reversible increases in serum lithium concentrations and toxicity have been reported during concomitant administration of lithium with angiotensin II receptor antagonists including telmisartan.

Therefore, monitor serum lithium levels during concomitant use.

Non-Steroidal Anti-Inflammatory Agents including Selective Cyclooxygenase-2 Inhibitors (COX-2 Inhibitors) : In patients who are elderly, volume-depleted (including those on diuretic therapy), or with compromised renal function, co-administration of NSAIDs, including selective COX-2 inhibitors, with angiotensin II receptor antagonists, including telmisartan, may result in deterioration of renal function, including possible acute renal failure.

These effects are usually reversible.

Monitor renal function periodically in patients receiving telmisartan and NSAID therapy.

The antihypertensive effect of angiotensin II receptor antagonists, including telmisartan may be attenuated by NSAIDs including selective COX-2 inhibitors.

Ramipril and Ramiprilat : Co-administration of telmisartan 80 mg once daily and ramipril 10 mg once daily to healthy subjects increases steady-state C max and AUC of ramipril 2.3- and 2.1-fold, respectively, and C max and AUC of ramiprilat 2.4- and 1.5-fold, respectively.

In contrast, C max and AUC of telmisartan decrease by 31% and 16%, respectively.

When co-administering telmisartan and ramipril, the response may be greater because of the possibly additive pharmacodynamic effects of the combined drugs, and also because of the increased exposure to ramipril and ramiprilat in the presence of telmisartan.

Concomitant use of telmisartan and ramipril is not recommended.

Other Drugs : Co-administration of telmisartan did not result in a clinically significant interaction with acetaminophen, amlodipine, glyburide, simvastatin, hydrochlorothiazide, warfarin, or ibuprofen.

Telmisartan is not metabolized by the cytochrome P450 system and had no effects in vitro on cytochrome P450 enzymes, except for some inhibition of CYP2C19.

Telmisartan is not expected to interact with drugs that inhibit cytochrome P450 enzymes; it is also not expected to interact with drugs metabolized by cytochrome P450 enzymes, except for possible inhibition of the metabolism of drugs metabolized by CYP2C19.

NSAIDs: Increased risk of renal impairment and loss of antihypertensive effect (7) Do not co-administer aliskiren with telmisartan in patients with diabetes (7)

OVERDOSAGE

10 Limited data are available with regard to overdosage in humans.

The most likely manifestation of overdosage with telmisartan tablets would be hypotension, dizziness and tachycardia; bradycardia could occur from parasympathetic (vagal) stimulation.

If symptomatic hypotension should occur, supportive treatment should be instituted.

Telmisartan is not removed by hemodialysis.

DESCRIPTION

11 Telmisartanis a non-peptide angiotensin II receptor (type AT 1 ) antagonist.

Telmisartan is chemically described as 4’-[(1,4’-dimethyl-2’-propyl [2,6’-bi-1H-benzimidazol]-1’-yl)methyl]-[1,1’-biphenyl]-2-carboxylic acid.

Its empirical formula is C 33 H 30 N 4 O 2 , its molecular weight is 514.63, and its structural formula is: Telmisartan is a white to slightly yellowish solid.

It is practically insoluble in water and in the pH range of 3 to 9, sparingly soluble in strong acid (except insoluble in hydrochloric acid), and soluble in strong base.

Telmisartan tablets, USP are available as tablets for oral administration, containing 20 mg, 40 mg or 80 mg of telmisartan.

The tablets contain the following inactive ingredients: mannitol, sodium hydroxide, meglumine, povidone, sodium stearyl fumarate and magnesium stearate.

Telmisartan tablets are hygroscopic and require protection from moisture.

Structure

CLINICAL STUDIES

14 14.1.

Hypertension The antihypertensive effects of telmisartan have been demonstrated in six principal placebo-controlled clinical trials, studying a range of 20 to 160 mg; one of these examined the antihypertensive effects of telmisartan and hydrochlorothiazide in combination.

The studies involved a total of 1773 patients with mild to moderate hypertension (diastolic blood pressure of 95 to 114 mmHg), 1031 of whom were treated with telmisartan.

Following once daily administration of telmisartan, the magnitude of blood pressure reduction from baseline after placebo subtraction was approximately (SBP/DBP) 6 to 8/6 mmHg for 20 mg, 9 to 13/6 to 8 mmHg for 40 mg, and 12 to 13/7 to 8 mmHg for 80 mg.

Larger doses (up to 160 mg) did not appear to cause a further decrease in blood pressure.

Upon initiation of antihypertensive treatment with telmisartan, blood pressure was reduced after the first dose, with a maximal reduction by about 4 weeks.

With cessation of treatment with telmisartan tablets, blood pressure gradually returned to baseline values over a period of several days to one week.

During long term studies (without placebo control) the effect of telmisartan appeared to be maintained for up to at least one year.

The antihypertensive effect of telmisartan is not influenced by patient age, gender, weight, or body mass index.

Blood pressure response in black patients (usually a low-renin population) is noticeably less than that in Caucasian patients.

This has been true for most, but not all, angiotensin II antagonists and ACE inhibitors.

In a controlled study, the addition of telmisartan to hydrochlorothiazide produced an additional dose-related reduction in blood pressure that was similar in magnitude to the reduction achieved with telmisartan monotherapy.

Hydrochlorothiazide also had an added blood pressure effect when added to telmisartan.

The onset of antihypertensive activity occurs within 3 hours after administration of a single oral dose.

At doses of 20, 40, and 80 mg, the antihypertensive effect of once daily administration of telmisartan is maintained for the full 24-hour dose interval.

With automated ambulatory blood pressure monitoring and conventional blood pressure measurements, the 24-hour trough-to-peak ratio for 40 to 80 mg doses of telmisartan was 70 to 100% for both systolic and diastolic blood pressure.

The incidence of symptomatic orthostasis after the first dose in all controlled trials was low (0.04%).

There were no changes in the heart rate of patients treated with telmisartan in controlled trials.

There are no trials of telmisartan demonstrating reductions in cardiovascular risk in patients with hypertension, but at least one pharmacologically similar drug has demonstrated such benefits.

HOW SUPPLIED

16 /STORAGE AND HANDLING Telmisartan Tablets, USP are supplied as below: 20 mg, white to off-white color, round, flat, beveled edge, uncoated tablets debossed with ‘L202’ on one side and plain on other side.

NDC 0603-5914-16 bottle of 30 units NDC 0603-5914-32 bottle of 1000 units NDC 0603-5914-20 blister of 100 units as 10 x 10 cards 40 mg, white to off-white color, oval shape, biconvex, uncoated tablets debossed with ‘L203’ on one side and plain on other side.

NDC 0603-5915-16 bottle of 30 units NDC 0603-5915-32 bottle of 1000 units NDC 0603-5915-20 blister of 100 units as 10 x 10 cards 80 mg, white to off-white color, oval shape, biconvex, uncoated tablets debossed with ‘L204’ on one side and plain on other side.

NDC 0603-5916-16 bottle of 30 units NDC 0603-5916-32 bottle of 1000 units NDC 0603-5916-20 blister of 100 units as 10 x 10 cards Storage Store at 20° to 25°C (68° to 77°F); excursions permitted to 15°-30°C (59°-86°F) [see USP Controlled Room Temperature].

Tablets should not be removed from blisters or bottles until immediately before administration.

RECENT MAJOR CHANGES

Warnings and Precautions Dual Blockade of the Renin-Angiotensin-Aldosterone System (5.6) 12/2014

GERIATRIC USE

8.5 Geriatric Use Of the total number of patients receiving telmisartan in hypertension clinical studies, 551 (19%) were 65 to 74 years of age and 130 (4%) were 75 years or older.

No overall differences in effectiveness and safety were observed in these patients compared to younger patients and other reported clinical experience has not identified differences in responses between the elderly and younger patients, but greater sensitivity of some older individuals cannot be ruled out.

DOSAGE FORMS AND STRENGTHS

3 · 20 mg, white to off-white color, round, flat, beveled edge, uncoated tablets debossed with ‘L202’ on one side and plain on other side.

· 40 mg, white to off-white color, oval shape, biconvex, uncoated tablets debossed with ‘L203’ on one side and plain on other side.

· 80 mg, white to off-white color, oval shape, biconvex, uncoated tablets debossed with ‘L204’ on one side and plain on other side.

Tablets: 20 mg, 40 mg, 80 mg (3)

MECHANISM OF ACTION

12.1 Mechanism of Action Angiotensin II is formed from angiotensin I in a reaction catalyzed by angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE, kininase II).

Angiotensin II is the principal pressor agent of the renin-angiotensin system, with effects that include vasoconstriction, stimulation of synthesis and release of aldosterone, cardiac stimulation, and renal reabsorption of sodium.

Telmisartan blocks the vasoconstrictor and aldosterone-secreting effects of angiotensin II by selectively blocking the binding of angiotensin II to the AT 1 receptor in many tissues, such as vascular smooth muscle and the adrenal gland.

Its action is therefore independent of the pathways for angiotensin II synthesis.

There is also an AT 2 receptor found in many tissues, but AT 2 is not known to be associated with cardiovascular homeostasis.

Telmisartan has much greater affinity (>3,000 fold) for the AT 1 receptor than for the AT 2 receptor.

Blockade of the renin-angiotensin system with ACE inhibitors, which inhibit the biosynthesis of angiotensin II from angiotensin I, is widely used in the treatment of hypertension.

ACE inhibitors also inhibit the degradation of bradykinin, a reaction also catalyzed by ACE.

Because telmisartan does not inhibit ACE (kininase II), it does not affect the response to bradykinin.

Whether this difference has clinical relevance is not yet known.

Telmisartan does not bind to or block other hormone receptors or ion channels known to be important in cardiovascular regulation.

Blockade of the angiotensin II receptor inhibits the negative regulatory feedback of angiotensin II on renin secretion, but the resulting increased plasma renin activity and angiotensin II circulating levels do not overcome the effect of telmisartan on blood pressure.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1 Telmisartanis an angiotensin II receptor blocker (ARB) indicated for: Treatment of hypertension to lower blood pressure.

Lowering blood pressure reduces the risk of fatal and nonfatal cardiovascular events, primarily strokes and myocardial infarctions(1.1) 1.1.

Hypertension Telmisartan is indicated for the treatment of hypertension, to lower blood pressure.

Lowering blood pressure reduces the risk of fatal and nonfatal cardiovascular events, primarily strokes and myocardial infarctions.

These benefits have been seen in controlled trials of antihypertensive drugs from a wide variety of pharmacologic classes including the class to which this drug principally belongs.

Control of high blood pressure should be part of comprehensive cardiovascular risk management, including, as appropriate, lipid control, diabetes management, antithrombotic therapy, smoking cessation, exercise, and limited sodium intake.

Many patients will require more than one drug to achieve blood pressure goals.

For specific advice on goals and management, see published guidelines, such as those of the National High Blood Pressure Education Program’s Joint National Committee on Prevention, Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure (JNC).

Numerous antihypertensive drugs, from a variety of pharmacologic classes and with different mechanisms of action, have been shown in randomized controlled trials to reduce cardiovascular morbidity and mortality, and it can be concluded that it is blood pressure reduction, and not some other pharmacologic property of the drugs, that is largely responsible for those benefits.

The largest and most consistent cardiovascular outcome benefit has been a reduction in the risk of stroke, but reductions in myocardial infarction and cardiovascular mortality also have been seen regularly.

Elevated systolic or diastolic pressure causes increased cardiovascular risk, and the absolute risk increase per mmHg is greater at higher blood pressures, so that even modest reductions of severe hypertension can provide substantial benefit.

Relative risk reduction from blood pressure reduction is similar across populations with varying absolute risk, so the absolute benefit is greater in patients who are at higher risk independent of their hypertension (for example, patients with diabetes or hyperlipidemia), and such patients would be expected to benefit from more aggressive treatment to a lower blood pressure goal.

Some antihypertensive drugs have smaller blood pressure effects (as monotherapy) in black patients, and many antihypertensive drugs have additional approved indications and effects (e.g., on angina, heart failure, or diabetic kidney disease).

These considerations may guide selection of therapy.

It may be used alone or in combination with other antihypertensive agents [see Clinical Studies (14.1)] .

PEDIATRIC USE

8.4 Pediatric Use Neonates with a history of in utero exposure to telmisartan : If oliguria or hypotension occurs, direct attention toward support of blood pressure and renal perfusion.

Exchange transfusions or dialysis may be required as a means of reversing hypotension and/or substituting for disordered renal function.

Safety and effectiveness in pediatric patients have not been established [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

PREGNANCY

8.1 Pregnancy Pregnancy Category D.

[See Warnings and Precautions (5.1)].

Use of drugs that act on the renin-angiotensin system during the second and third trimesters of pregnancy reduces fetal renal function and increases fetal and neonatal morbidity and death.

Resulting oligohydramnios can be associated with fetal lung hypoplasia and skeletal deformations.

Potential neonatal adverse effects include skull hypoplasia, anuria, hypotension, renal failure, and death.

When pregnancy is detected, discontinue telmisartan as soon as possible.

These adverse outcomes are usually associated with use of these drugs in the second and third trimester of pregnancy.

Most epidemiologic studies examining fetal abnormalities after exposure to antihypertensive use in the first trimester have not distinguished drugs affecting the renin-angiotensin system from other antihypertensive agents.

Appropriate management of maternal hypertension during pregnancy is important to optimize outcomes for both mother and fetus.

In the unusual case that there is no appropriate alternative to therapy with drugs affecting the renin-angiotensin system for a particular patient, apprise the mother of the potential risk to the fetus.

Perform serial ultrasound examinations to assess the intra-amniotic environment.

If oligohydramnios is observed, discontinue telmisartan, unless it is considered lifesaving for the mother.

Fetal testing may be appropriate, based on the week of pregnancy.

Patients and physicians should be aware, however, that oligohydramnios may not appear until after the fetus has sustained irreversible injury.

Closely observe infants with histories of in utero exposure to telmisartan for hypotension, oliguria, and hyperkalemia [see Use in Specific Populations (8.4)].

NUSRING MOTHERS

8.3 Nursing Mothers It is not known whether telmisartan is excreted in human milk, but telmisartan was shown to be present in the milk of lactating rats.

Because of the potential for adverse effects on the nursing infant, decide whether to discontinue nursing or discontinue the drug, taking into account the importance of the drug to the mother.

BOXED WARNING

WARNING: FETAL TOXICITY When pregnancy is detected, discontinue telmisartan as soon as possible [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1]) .

Drugs that act directly on the renin-angiotensin system can cause injury and death to the developing fetus [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1)] .

WARNING: FETAL TOXICITY See full prescribing information for complete boxed warnings.

When pregnancy is detected, discontinue telmisartan as soon as possible (5.1) Drugs that act directly on the renin-angiotensin system can cause injury and even death to the developing fetus (5.1)

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

5 WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS Avoid fetal or neonatal exposure (5.1) Hypotension: Correct any volume or salt depletion before initiating therapy.

Observe for signs and symptoms of hypotension (5.2) Monitor carefully in patients with impaired hepatic (5.4) or renal function (5.5) Avoid concomitant use of an ACE inhibitor and angiotensin receptor blocker (5.6) 5.1.

Fetal Toxicity Pregnancy Category D Use of drugs that act on the renin-angiotensin system during the second and third trimesters of pregnancy reduces fetal renal function and increases fetal and neonatal morbidity and death.

Resulting oligohydramnios can be associated with fetal lung hypoplasia and skeletal deformations.

Potential neonatal adverse effects include skull hypoplasia, anuria, hypotension, renal failure, and death.

When pregnancy is detected, discontinue telmisartan as soon as possible [see Use in Specific Populations (8.1)].

5.2.

Hypotension In patients with an activated renin-angiotensin system, such as volume- or salt-depleted patients (e.g., those being treated with high doses of diuretics), symptomatic hypotension may occur after initiation of therapy with telmisartan.

Either correct this condition prior to administration of telmisartan, or start treatment under close medical supervision with a reduced dose.

If hypotension does occur, the patient should be placed in the supine position and, if necessary, given an intravenous infusion of normal saline.

A transient hypotensive response is not a contraindication to further treatment, which usually can be continued without difficulty once the blood pressure has stabilized.

5.3.

Hyperkalemia Hyperkalemia may occur in patients on ARBs, particularly in patients with advanced renal impairment, heart failure, on renal replacement therapy, or on potassium supplements, potassium-sparing diuretics, potassium-containing salt substitutes or other drugs that increase potassium levels.

Consider periodic determinations of serum electrolytes to detect possible electrolyte imbalances, particularly in patients at risk.

5.4.

Impaired Hepatic Function As the majority of telmisartan is eliminated by biliary excretion, patients with biliary obstructive disorders or hepatic insufficiency can be expected to have reduced clearance.

Initiate telmisartan at low doses and titrate slowly in these patients [see Use in Specific Populations (8.6) and Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)] .

5.5.

Impaired Renal Function As a consequence of inhibiting the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system, anticipate changes in renal function in susceptible individuals.

In patients whose renal function may depend on the activity of the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system (e.g., patients with severe congestive heart failure or renal dysfunction), treatment with angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors and angiotensin receptor antagonists has been associated with oliguria and/or progressive azotemia and (rarely) with acute renal failure and/or death.

Similar results have been reported with telmisartan [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)] .

In studies of ACE inhibitors in patients with unilateral or bilateral renal artery stenosis, increases in serum creatinine or blood urea nitrogen were observed.

There has been no long term use of telmisartan in patients with unilateral or bilateral renal artery stenosis, but anticipate an effect similar to that seen with ACE inhibitors.

5.6.

Dual Blockade of the Renin-Angiotensin-Aldosterone System Dual blockade of the RAS with angiotensin-receptor blockers, ACE inhibitors, or aliskiren is associated with increased risks of hypotension, hyperkalemia, and changes in renal function (including acute renal failure) compared to monotherapy.

The ONTARGET trial enrolled 25,620 patients ≥55 years old with atherosclerotic disease or diabetes with end-organ damage, randomizing them to telmisartan only, ramipril only, or the combination, and followed them for a median of 56 months.

Patients receiving the combination of telmisartan and ramipril did not obtain any additional benefit compared to monotherapy, but experienced an increased incidence of renal dysfunction (e.g., acute renal failure) compared with groups receiving telmisartan alone or ramipril alone.

In most patients no benefit has been associated with using two RAS inhibitors concomitantly.

In general, avoid combined use of RAS inhibitors.

Closely monitor blood pressure, renal function, and electrolytes in patients on telmisartan and other agents that affect the RAS.

Do not co-administer aliskiren with telmisartan in patients with diabetes.

Avoid concomitant use of aliskiren with telmisartan in patients with renal impairment (GFR <60 mL/min/1.73 m 2 ).

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

17 PATIENT COUNSELING INFORMATION See FDA-approved Patient Labeling.

17.1.

Pregnancy Female patients of childbearing age should be told about the consequences of exposure to telmisartan during pregnancy.

Discuss treatment options with women planning to become pregnant.

Patients should be asked to report pregnancies to their physicians as soon as possible [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1)].

Manufactured for: QUALITEST PHARMACEUTICALS.

Huntsville, AL 35811 Manufactured by: Alembic Pharmaceuticals Limited (Formulation Division), Village Panelav, P.

O.

Tajpura, Near Baska, Taluka-Halol, Panchmahal 389350, Gujarat, India.

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

2 •May be administered with or without food (2.1) Indication Starting Dose Dose Range Hypertenstion (2.1) 40 mg once daily 40 to 80 mg once daily 2.1.

Hypertension Dosage must be individualized.

The usual starting dose of telmisartan tablets is 40 mg once a day.

Blood pressure response is dose-related over the range of 20 to 80 mg [see Clinical Studies (14.1)] .

Most of the antihypertensive effect is apparent within 2 weeks and maximal reduction is generally attained after 4 weeks.

When additional blood pressure reduction beyond that achieved with 80 mg telmisartan is required, a diuretic may be added.

No initial dosage adjustment is necessary for elderly patients or patients with renal impairment, including those on hemodialysis.

Patients on dialysis may develop orthostatic hypotension; their blood pressure should be closely monitored.

Telmisartan tablets may be administered with other antihypertensive agents.

Telmisartan tablets may be administered with or without food.

Nicotine 4 MG Oral Lozenge

WARNINGS

Warnings If you are pregnant or breast-feeding, only use this medicine on the advice of your health care provider.

Smoking can seriously harm your child.

Try to stop smoking without using any nicotine replacement medicine.

This medicine is believed to be safer than smoking.

However, the risks to your child from this medicine are not fully known.

Ask a doctor before use if you have • a sodium-restricted diet • heart disease, recent heart attack, or irregular heartbeat.

Nicotine can increase your heart rate.

• high blood pressure not controlled with medication.

Nicotine can increase your blood pressure.

• stomach ulcer or diabetes Ask a doctor or pharmacist before use if you are • using a non-nicotine stop smoking drug • taking prescription medicine for depression or asthma.

Your prescription dose may need to be adjusted.

Stop use and ask a doctor if • mouth problems occur • persistent indigestion or severe sore throat occurs • irregular heartbeat or palpitations occur • you get symptoms of nicotine overdose such as nausea, vomiting, dizziness, diarrhea, weakness or rapid heartbeat • you have symptoms of an allergic reaction (such as difficulty breathing or rash) Keep out of reach of children and pets.

Nicotine lozenges may have enough nicotine to make children and pets sick.

If you need to remove the lozenge, wrap it in paper and throw away in the trash.

In case of overdose, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

(1-800-222-1222)

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

Use • reduces withdrawal symptoms, including nicotine craving, associated with quitting smoking

INACTIVE INGREDIENTS

Inactive ingredients acesulfame potassium, magnesium stearate, mannitol, natural and artificial cherry flavor, potassium bicarbonate, sodium alginate, sodium carbonate, sucralose, xanthan gum

PURPOSE

Purpose Stop smoking aid

KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN

Keep out of reach of children and pets.

Nicotine lozenges may have enough nicotine to make children and pets sick.

If you need to remove the lozenge, wrap it in paper and throw away in the trash.

In case of overdose, get medical help or contact a Poison Control Center right away.

(1-800-222-1222)

ASK DOCTOR

Ask a doctor before use if you have • a sodium-restricted diet • heart disease, recent heart attack, or irregular heartbeat.

Nicotine can increase your heart rate.

• high blood pressure not controlled with medication.

Nicotine can increase your blood pressure.

• stomach ulcer or diabetes

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

Directions • if you are under 18 years of age, ask a doctor before use.

No studies have been done to show if this product will work for you.

• before using this product, read the enclosed User’s Guide for complete directions and other important information • begin using the lozenge on your quit day • if you smoke your first cigarette more than 30 minutes after waking up, use 2 mg nicotine lozenge • if you smoke your first cigarette within 30 minutes of waking up, use 4 mg nicotine lozenge according to the following 12 week schedule: Weeks 1 to 6 Weeks 7 to 9 Weeks 10 to 12 1 lozenge every 1 to 2 hours 1 lozenge every 2 to 4 hours 1 lozenge every 4 to 8 hours • nicotine lozenge is a medicine and must be used a certain way to get the best results • place the lozenge in your mouth and allow the lozenge to slowly dissolve (about 20-30 minutes).

Minimize swallowing.

Do not chew or swallow lozenge.

• you may feel a warm or tingling sensation • occasionally move the lozenge from one side of your mouth to the other until completely dissolved (about 20-30 minutes) • do not eat or drink 15 minutes before using or while the lozenge is in your mouth • to improve your chances of quitting, use at least 9 lozenges per day for the first 6 weeks • do not use more than one lozenge at a time or continuously use one lozenge after another since this may cause you hiccups, heartburn, nausea or other side effects • do not use more than 5 lozenges in 6 hours .

Do not use more than 20 lozenges per day.

• it is important to complete treatment.

If you feel you need to use the lozenge for a longer period to keep from smoking, talk to your health care provider.

PREGNANCY AND BREAST FEEDING

If you are pregnant or breast-feeding, only use this medicine on the advice of your health care provider.

Smoking can seriously harm your child.

Try to stop smoking without using any nicotine replacement medicine.

This medicine is believed to be safer than smoking.

However, the risks to your child from this medicine are not fully known.

STOP USE

Stop use and ask a doctor if • mouth problems occur • persistent indigestion or severe sore throat occurs • irregular heartbeat or palpitations occur • you get symptoms of nicotine overdose such as nausea, vomiting, dizziness, diarrhea, weakness or rapid heartbeat • you have symptoms of an allergic reaction (such as difficulty breathing or rash)

ACTIVE INGREDIENTS

Active ingredient (in each lozenge) Nicotine polacrilex, 4 mg (nicotine)

ASK DOCTOR OR PHARMACIST

Ask a doctor or pharmacist before use if you are • using a non-nicotine stop smoking drug • taking prescription medicine for depression or asthma.

Your prescription dose may need to be adjusted.

Valtrex (as valacyclovir hydrochloride) 1000 MG Oral Tablet

DRUG INTERACTIONS

7 No clinically significant drug-drug or drug-food interactions with VALTREX are known [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)].

OVERDOSAGE

10 Caution should be exercised to prevent inadvertent overdose .

Precipitation of acyclovir in renal tubules may occur when the solubility (2.5 mg/mL) is exceeded in the intratubular fluid.

In the event of acute renal failure and anuria, the patient may benefit from hemodialysis until renal function is restored .

[see Use in Specific Populations (8.5, 8.6)] [see Dosage and Administration (2.4)]

DESCRIPTION

11 VALTREX (valacyclovir hydrochloride) is the hydrochloride salt of the ─valyl ester of the antiviral drug acyclovir.

L VALTREX Caplets are for oral administration.

Each caplet contains valacyclovir hydrochloride equivalent to 500 mg or 1 gram valacyclovir and the inactive ingredients carnauba wax, colloidal silicon dioxide, crospovidone, FD&C Blue No.

2 Lake, hypromellose, magnesium stearate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyethylene glycol, polysorbate 80, povidone, and titanium dioxide.

The blue, film─coated caplets are printed with edible white ink.

The chemical name of valacyclovir hydrochloride is -valine, 2-[(2-amino-1,6-dihydro-6-oxo-9 -purin-9-yl)methoxy]ethyl ester, monohydrochloride.

It has the following structural formula: L H Valacyclovir hydrochloride is a white to off─white powder with the molecular formula C H N O •HCl and a molecular weight of 360.80.

The maximum solubility in water at 25°C is 174 mg/mL.

The pk s for valacyclovir hydrochloride are 1.90, 7.47, and 9.43.

13 20 6 4 a valacyclovir hydrochloride chemical structure

CLINICAL STUDIES

14 14.1 Cold Sores (Herpes Labialis) Two double‑blind, placebo‑controlled clinical trials were conducted in 1,856 healthy adults and adolescents (aged greater than or equal to 12 years) with a history of recurrent cold sores.

Subjects self‑initiated therapy at the earliest symptoms and prior to any signs of a cold sore.

The majority of subjects initiated treatment within 2 hours of onset of symptoms.

Subjects were randomized to VALTREX 2 grams twice daily on Day 1 followed by placebo on Day 2, VALTREX 2 grams twice daily on Day 1 followed by 1 gram twice daily on Day 2, or placebo on Days 1 and 2.

The mean duration of cold sore episodes was about 1 day shorter in treated subjects as compared with placebo.

The 2─day regimen did not offer additional benefit over the 1─day regimen.

No significant difference was observed between subjects receiving VALTREX or placebo in the prevention of progression of cold sore lesions beyond the papular stage.

14.2 Genital Herpes Infections Six hundred forty─three immunocompetent adults with first─episode genital herpes who presented within 72 hours of symptom onset were randomized in a double─blind trial to receive 10 days of VALTREX 1 gram twice daily (n = 323) or oral acyclovir 200 mg 5 times a day (n = 320).

For both treatment groups the median time to lesion healing was 9 days, the median time to cessation of pain was 5 days, and the median time to cessation of viral shedding was 3 days.

Initial Episode: Three double─blind trials (2 of them placebo─controlled) in immunocompetent adults with recurrent genital herpes were conducted.

Subjects self─initiated therapy within 24 hours of the first sign or symptom of a recurrent genital herpes episode.

Recurrent Episodes: In 1 trial, subjects were randomized to receive 5 days of treatment with either VALTREX 500 mg twice daily (n = 360) or placebo (n = 259).

The median time to lesion healing was 4 days in the group receiving VALTREX 500 mg versus 6 days in the placebo group, and the median time to cessation of viral shedding in subjects with at least 1 positive culture (42% of the overall trial population) was 2 days in the group receiving VALTREX 500 mg versus 4 days in the placebo group.

The median time to cessation of pain was 3 days in the group receiving VALTREX 500 mg versus 4 days in the placebo group.

Results supporting efficacy were replicated in a second trial.

In a third trial, subjects were randomized to receive VALTREX 500 mg twice daily for 5 days (n = 398) or VALTREX 500 mg twice daily for 3 days (and matching placebo twice daily for 2 additional days) (n = 402).

The median time to lesion healing was about 4½ days in both treatment groups.

The median time to cessation of pain was about 3 days in both treatment groups.

Two clinical trials were conducted, one in immunocompetent adults and one in HIV-1─infected adults.

Suppressive Therapy: A double‑blind, 12‑month, placebo‑ and active‑controlled trial enrolled immunocompetent adults with a history of 6 or more recurrences per year.

Outcomes for the overall trial population are shown in Table 5.

Table 5.

Recurrence Rates in Immunocompetent Adults at 6 and 12 Months Includes lost to follow-up, discontinuations due to adverse events, and consent withdrawn.

a Outcome 6 Months 12 Months VALTREX 1 gram Once Daily (n = 269) Oral Acyclovir 400 mg Twice Daily (n = 267) Placebo (n = 134) VALTREX 1 gram Once Daily (n = 269) Oral Acyclovir 400 mg Twice Daily (n = 267) Placebo (n = 134) Recurrence free 55% 54% 7% 34% 34% 4% Recurrences 35% 36% 83% 46% 46% 85% Unknown a 10% 10% 10% 19% 19% 10% Subjects with 9 or fewer recurrences per year showed comparable results with VALTREX 500 mg once daily.

In a second trial, 293 HIV‑1-infected adults on stable antiretroviral therapy with a history of 4 or more recurrences of ano‑genital herpes per year were randomized to receive either VALTREX 500 mg twice daily (n = 194) or matching placebo (n = 99) for 6 months.

The median duration of recurrent genital herpes in enrolled subjects was 8 years, and the median number of recurrences in the year prior to enrollment was 5.

Overall, the median pretrial HIV‑1 RNA was 2.6 log copies/mL.

Among subjects who received VALTREX, the pretrial median CD4+ cell count was 336 cells/mm ; 11% had less than 100 cells/mm , 16% had 100 to 199 cells/mm , 42% had 200 to 499 cells/mm , and 31% had greater than or equal to 500 cells/mm .

Outcomes for the overall trial population are shown in Table 6.

10 3 3 3 3 3 Table 6.

Recurrence Rates in HIV─1-Infected Adults at 6 Months Includes lost to follow-up, discontinuations due to adverse events, and consent withdrawn.

a Outcome VALTREX 500 mg Twice Daily (n = 194) Placebo (n = 99) Recurrence free 65% 26% Recurrences 17% 57% Unknown a 18% 17% A double─blind, placebo─controlled trial to assess transmission of genital herpes was conducted in 1,484 monogamous, heterosexual, immunocompetent adult couples.

The couples were discordant for HSV─2 infection.

The source partner had a history of 9 or fewer genital herpes episodes per year.

Both partners were counseled on safer sex practices and were advised to use condoms throughout the trial period.

Source partners were randomized to treatment with either VALTREX 500 mg once daily or placebo once daily for 8 months.

The primary efficacy endpoint was symptomatic acquisition of HSV─2 in susceptible partners.

Overall HSV─2 acquisition was defined as symptomatic HSV─2 acquisition and/or HSV─2 seroconversion in susceptible partners.

The efficacy results are summarized in Table 7.

Reduction of Transmission of Genital Herpes: Table 7.

Percentage of Susceptible Partners Who Acquired HSV─2 Defined by the Primary and Selected Secondary Endpoints Results show reductions in risk of 75% (symptomatic HSV─2 acquisition), 50% (HSV─2 seroconversion), and 48% (overall HSV─2 acquisition) with VALTREX versus placebo.

Individual results may vary based on consistency of safer sex practices.

a Endpoint VALTREX a (n = 743) Placebo (n = 741) Symptomatic HSV─2 acquisition 4 (0.5%) 16 (2.2%) HSV─2 seroconversion 12 (1.6%) 24 (3.2%) Overall HSV─2 acquisition 14 (1.9%) 27 (3.6%) 14.3 Herpes Zoster Two randomized double‑blind clinical trials in immunocompetent adults with localized herpes zoster were conducted.

VALTREX was compared with placebo in subjects aged less than 50 years, and with oral acyclovir in subjects aged greater than 50 years.

All subjects were treated within 72 hours of appearance of zoster rash.

In subjects aged less than 50 years, the median time to cessation of new lesion formation was 2 days for those treated with VALTREX compared with 3 days for those treated with placebo.

In subjects aged greater than 50 years, the median time to cessation of new lesions was 3 days in subjects treated with either VALTREX or oral acyclovir.

In subjects aged less than 50 years, no difference was found with respect to the duration of pain after healing (post‑herpetic neuralgia) between the recipients of VALTREX and placebo.

In subjects aged greater than 50 years, among the 83% who reported pain after healing (post‑herpetic neuralgia), the median duration of pain after healing [95% confidence interval] in days was: 40 [31, 51], 43 [36, 55], and 59 [41, 77] for 7‑day VALTREX, 14‑day VALTREX, and 7‑day oral acyclovir, respectively.

14.4 Chickenpox The use of VALTREX for treatment of chickenpox in pediatric subjects aged 2 to less than 18 years is based on single‑dose pharmacokinetic and multiple‑dose safety data from an open‑label trial with valacyclovir and supported by safety and extrapolated efficacy data from 3 randomized, double‑blind, placebo‑controlled trials evaluating oral acyclovir in pediatric subjects.

The single‑dose pharmacokinetic and multiple‑dose safety trial enrolled 27 pediatric subjects aged 1 to less than 12 years with clinically suspected VZV infection.

Each subject was dosed with valacyclovir oral suspension, 20 mg/kg 3 times daily for 5 days.

Acyclovir systemic exposures in pediatric subjects following valacyclovir oral suspension were compared with historical acyclovir systemic exposures in immunocompetent adults receiving the solid oral dosage form of valacyclovir or acyclovir for the treatment of herpes zoster.

The mean projected daily acyclovir exposures in pediatric subjects across all age‑groups (1 to less than 12 years) were lower (C : ↓13%, AUC: ↓30%) than the mean daily historical exposures in adults receiving valacyclovir 1 gram 3 times daily, but were higher (daily AUC: ↑50%) than the mean daily historical exposures in adults receiving acyclovir 800 mg 5 times daily.

The projected daily exposures in pediatric subjects were greater (daily AUC approximately 100% greater) than the exposures seen in immunocompetent pediatric subjects receiving acyclovir 20 mg/kg 4 times daily for the treatment of chickenpox.

Based on the pharmacokinetic and safety data from this trial and the safety and extrapolated efficacy data from the acyclovir trials, oral valacyclovir 20 mg/kg 3 times a day for 5 days (not to exceed 1 gram 3 times daily) is recommended for the treatment of chickenpox in pediatric patients aged 2 to less than 18 years.

Because the efficacy and safety of acyclovir for the treatment of chickenpox in children aged less than 2 years have not been established, efficacy data cannot be extrapolated to support valacyclovir treatment in children aged less than 2 years with chickenpox.

Valacyclovir is also not recommended for the treatment of herpes zoster in children because safety data up to 7 days’ duration are not available .

max [see Use in Specific Populations (8.4)]

HOW SUPPLIED

16 /STORAGE AND HANDLING NDC:54569-5324-3 in a BOTTLE of 30 TABLET, FILM COATEDS

GERIATRIC USE

8.5 Geriatric Use [Of the total number of subjects in clinical trials of VALTREX, 906 were 65 and over, and 352 were 75 and over.

In a clinical trial of herpes zoster, the duration of pain after healing (post-herpetic neuralgia) was longer in subjects 65 and older compared with younger adults.

Elderly patients are more likely to have reduced renal function and require dose reduction.

Elderly patients are also more likely to have renal or CNS adverse events .

[see Dosage and Administration (2.4), Warnings and Precautions (5.2, 5.3), Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)]

DOSAGE FORMS AND STRENGTHS

3 Caplets: 500-mg: blue, film─coated, capsule─shaped tablets printed with “VALTREX 500 mg.” • 1-gram: blue, film─coated, capsule─shaped tablets, with a partial scorebar on both sides, printed with “VALTREX 1 gram.” • Caplets: 500 mg (unscored), 1 gram (partially scored) ( ) 3

MECHANISM OF ACTION

12.1 Mechanism of Action Valacyclovir is an antiviral drug [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.4)].

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1 VALTREX is a nucleoside analogue DNA polymerase inhibitor indicated for: Adult Patients ( 1.1 ) Cold Sores (Herpes Labialis) • Genital Herpes • Treatment in immunocompetent patients (initial or recurrent episode) • Suppression in immunocompetent or HIV-1-infected patients • Reduction of transmission • Herpes Zoster • Pediatric Patients ( 1.2 ) Cold Sores (Herpes Labialis) • Chickenpox • Limitations of Use ( 1.3 ) The efficacy and safety of VALTREX have not been established in immunocompromised patients other than for the suppression of genital herpes in HIV-1─infected patients.

• 1.1 Adult Patients VALTREX (valacyclovir hydrochloride) Caplets are indicated for treatment of cold sores (herpes labialis).

The efficacy of VALTREX initiated after the development of clinical signs of a cold sore (e.g., papule, vesicle, or ulcer) has not been established.

Cold Sores (Herpes Labialis): ® VALTREX is indicated for treatment of the initial episode of genital herpes in immunocompetent adults.

The efficacy of treatment with VALTREX when initiated more than 72 hours after the onset of signs and symptoms has not been established.

Genital Herpes: Initial Episode: VALTREX is indicated for treatment of recurrent episodes of genital herpes in immunocompetent adults.

The efficacy of treatment with VALTREX when initiated more than 24 hours after the onset of signs and symptoms has not been established.

Recurrent Episodes: VALTREX is indicated for chronic suppressive therapy of recurrent episodes of genital herpes in immunocompetent and in HIV-1─infected adults.

The efficacy and safety of VALTREX for the suppression of genital herpes beyond 1 year in immunocompetent patients and beyond 6 months in HIV-1─infected patients have not been established.

Suppressive Therapy: VALTREX is indicated for the reduction of transmission of genital herpes in immunocompetent adults.

The efficacy of VALTREX for the reduction of transmission of genital herpes beyond 8 months in discordant couples has not been established.

The efficacy of VALTREX for the reduction of transmission of genital herpes in individuals with multiple partners and non─heterosexual couples has not been established.

Safer sex practices should be used with suppressive therapy (see current Centers for Disease Control and Prevention [CDC] ).

Reduction of Transmission: Sexually Transmitted Diseases Treatment Guidelines VALTREX is indicated for the treatment of herpes zoster (shingles) in immunocompetent adults.

The efficacy of VALTREX when initiated more than 72 hours after the onset of rash and the efficacy and safety of VALTREX for treatment of disseminated herpes zoster have not been established.

Herpes Zoster: 1.2 Pediatric Patients VALTREX is indicated for the treatment of cold sores (herpes labialis) in pediatric patients aged greater than or equal to 12 years.

The efficacy of VALTREX initiated after the development of clinical signs of a cold sore (e.g., papule, vesicle, or ulcer) has not been established.

Cold Sores (Herpes Labialis): VALTREX is indicated for the treatment of chickenpox in immunocompetent pediatric patients aged 2 to less than 18 years.

Based on efficacy data from clinical trials with oral acyclovir, treatment with VALTREX should be initiated within 24 hours after the onset of rash .

Chickenpox: [see Clinical Studies (14.4)] 1.3 Limitations of Use The efficacy and safety of VALTREX have not been established in: Immunocompromised patients other than for the suppression of genital herpes in HIV─1─infected patients with a CD4+ cell count greater than or equal to 100 cells/mm .

• 3 Patients aged less than 12 years with cold sores (herpes labialis).

• Patients aged less than 2 years or greater than or equal to 18 years with chickenpox.

• Patients aged less than 18 years with genital herpes.

• Patients aged less than 18 years with herpes zoster.

• Neonates and infants as suppressive therapy following neonatal herpes simplex virus (HSV) infection.

PEDIATRIC USE

8.4 Pediatric Use VALTREX is indicated for treatment of cold sores in pediatric patients aged greater than or equal to 12 years and for treatment of chickenpox in pediatric patients aged 2 to less than 18 years .

[see Indications and Usage (1.2), Dosage and Administration (2.2)] The use of VALTREX for treatment of cold sores is based on 2 double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trials in healthy adults and adolescents (aged greater than or equal to 12 years) with a history of recurrent cold sores .

[see Clinical Studies (14.1)] The use of VALTREX for treatment of chickenpox in pediatric patients aged 2 to less than 18 years is based on single─dose pharmacokinetic and multiple─dose safety data from an open─label trial with valacyclovir and supported by efficacy and safety data from 3 randomized, double─blind, placebo─controlled trials evaluating oral acyclovir in pediatric subjects with chickenpox .

[see Dosage and Administration (2.2), Adverse Reactions (6.2), Clinical Pharmacology (12.3), Clinical Studies (14.4)] The efficacy and safety of valacyclovir have not been established in pediatric patients: aged less than 12 years with cold sores • aged less than 18 years with genital herpes • aged less than 18 years with herpes zoster • aged less than 2 years with chickenpox • for suppressive therapy following neonatal HSV infection.

• The pharmacokinetic profile and safety of valacyclovir oral suspension in children aged less than 12 years were studied in 3 open‑label trials.

No efficacy evaluations were conducted in any of the 3 trials.

Trial 1 was a single‑dose pharmacokinetic, multiple‑dose safety trial in 27 pediatric subjects aged 1 to less than 12 years with clinically suspected varicella─zoster virus (VZV) infection [see Dosage and Administration (2.2), Adverse Reactions (6.2), Clinical Pharmacology (12.3), Clinical Studies (14.4)].

Trial 2 was a single‑dose pharmacokinetic and safety trial in pediatric subjects aged 1 month to less than 6 years who had an active herpes virus infection or who were at risk for herpes virus infection.

Fifty─seven subjects were enrolled and received a single dose of 25 mg/kg valacyclovir oral suspension.

In infants and children aged 3 months to less than 6 years, this dose provided comparable systemic acyclovir exposures to that from a 1─gram dose of valacyclovir in adults (historical data).

In infants aged 1 month to less than 3 months, mean acyclovir exposures resulting from a 25─mg/kg dose were higher (C : ↑30%, AUC: ↑60%) than acyclovir exposures following a 1─gram dose of valacyclovir in adults.

Acyclovir is not approved for suppressive therapy in infants and children following neonatal HSV infections; therefore valacyclovir is not recommended for this indication because efficacy cannot be extrapolated from acyclovir.

max Trial 3 was a single‑dose pharmacokinetic, multiple‑dose safety trial in 28 pediatric subjects aged 1 to less than 12 years with clinically suspected HSV infection.

None of the subjects enrolled in this trial had genital herpes.

Each subject was dosed with valacyclovir oral suspension, 10 mg/kg twice daily for 3 to 5 days.

Acyclovir systemic exposures in pediatric subjects following valacyclovir oral suspension were compared with historical acyclovir systemic exposures in immunocompetent adults receiving the solid oral dosage form of valacyclovir or acyclovir for the treatment of recurrent genital herpes.

The mean projected daily acyclovir systemic exposures in pediatric subjects across all age‑groups (1 to less than 12 years) were lower (C : ↓20%, AUC: ↓33%) compared with the acyclovir systemic exposures in adults receiving valacyclovir 500 mg twice daily, but were higher (daily AUC: ↑16%) than systemic exposures in adults receiving acyclovir 200 mg 5 times daily.

Insufficient data are available to support valacyclovir for the treatment of recurrent genital herpes in this age‑group because clinical information on recurrent genital herpes in young children is limited; therefore, extrapolating efficacy data from adults to this population is not possible.

Moreover, valacyclovir has not been studied in children aged 1 to less than 12 years with recurrent genital herpes.

max

PREGNANCY

8.1 Pregnancy Pregnancy Category B.

There are no adequate and well─controlled trials of VALTREX or acyclovir in pregnant women.

Based on prospective pregnancy registry data on 749 pregnancies, the overall rate of birth defects in infants exposed to acyclovir in-utero appears similar to the rate for infants in the general population.

VALTREX should be used during pregnancy only if the potential benefit justifies the potential risk to the fetus.

A prospective epidemiologic registry of acyclovir use during pregnancy was established in 1984 and completed in April 1999.

There were 749 pregnancies followed in women exposed to systemic acyclovir during the first trimester of pregnancy resulting in 756 outcomes.

The occurrence rate of birth defects approximates that found in the general population.

However, the small size of the registry is insufficient to evaluate the risk for less common defects or to permit reliable or definitive conclusions regarding the safety of acyclovir in pregnant women and their developing fetuses.

Animal reproduction studies performed at oral doses that provided up to 10 and 7 times the human plasma levels during the period of major organogenesis in rats and rabbits, respectively, revealed no evidence of teratogenicity.

NUSRING MOTHERS

8.3 Nursing Mothers Following oral administration of a 500─mg dose of VALTREX to 5 nursing mothers, peak acyclovir concentrations (C ) in breast milk ranged from 0.5 to 2.3 times (median 1.4) the corresponding maternal acyclovir serum concentrations.

The acyclovir breast milk AUC ranged from 1.4 to 2.6 times (median 2.2) maternal serum AUC.

A 500─mg maternal dosage of VALTREX twice daily would provide a nursing infant with an oral acyclovir dosage of approximately 0.6 mg/kg/day.

This would result in less than 2% of the exposure obtained after administration of a standard neonatal dose of 30 mg/kg/day of intravenous acyclovir to the nursing infant.

Unchanged valacyclovir was not detected in maternal serum, breast milk, or infant urine.

Caution should be exercised when VALTREX is administered to a nursing woman.

max

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

5 WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS Thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura/hemolytic uremic syndrome (TTP/HUS): Has occurred in patients with advanced HIV-1 disease and in allogenic bone marrow transplant and renal transplant patients receiving 8 grams per day of VALTREX in clinical trials.

Discontinue treatment if clinical symptoms and laboratory findings consistent with TTP/HUS occur.

( ) • 5.1 Acute renal failure: May occur in elderly patients (with or without reduced renal function), patients with underlying renal disease who receive higher than recommended doses of VALTREX for their level of renal function, patients who receive concomitant nephrotoxic drugs, or inadequately hydrated patients.

Use with caution in elderly patients and reduce dosage in patients with renal impairment.

( , ) • 2.4 5.2 Central nervous system adverse reactions (e.g., agitation, hallucinations, confusion, and encephalopathy): May occur in both adult and pediatric patients (with or without reduced renal function) and in patients with underlying renal disease who receive higher than recommended doses of VALTREX for their level of renal function.

Elderly patients are more likely to have central nervous system adverse reactions.

Use with caution in elderly patients and reduce dosage in patients with renal impairment.

( ) • 2.4, 5.3 5.1 Thrombotic Thrombocytopenic Purpura/Hemolytic Uremic Syndrome (TTP/HUS) TTP/HUS, in some cases resulting in death, has occurred in patients with advanced HIV─1 disease and also in allogeneic bone marrow transplant and renal transplant recipients participating in clinical trials of VALTREX at doses of 8 grams per day.

Treatment with VALTREX should be stopped immediately if clinical signs, symptoms, and laboratory abnormalities consistent with TTP/HUS occur.

5.2 Acute Renal Failure Cases of acute renal failure have been reported in: Elderly patients with or without reduced renal function.

Caution should be exercised when administering VALTREX to geriatric patients, and dosage reduction is recommended for those with impaired renal function • [see Dosage and Administration (2.4), Use in Specific Populations (8.5)].

Patients with underlying renal disease who received higher-than-recommended doses of VALTREX for their level of renal function.

Dosage reduction is recommended when administering VALTREX to patients with renal impairment • [see Dosage and Administration (2.4), Use in Specific Populations (8.6)].

Patients receiving other nephrotoxic drugs.

Caution should be exercised when administering VALTREX to patients receiving potentially nephrotoxic drugs.

• Patients without adequate hydration.

Precipitation of acyclovir in renal tubules may occur when the solubility (2.5 mg/mL) is exceeded in the intratubular fluid.

Adequate hydration should be maintained for all patients.

• In the event of acute renal failure and anuria, the patient may benefit from hemodialysis until renal function is restored .

[see Dosage and Administration (2.4), Adverse Reactions (6.3)] 5.3 Central Nervous System Effects Central nervous system adverse reactions, including agitation, hallucinations, confusion, delirium, seizures, and encephalopathy, have been reported in both adult and pediatric patients with or without reduced renal function and in patients with underlying renal disease who received higher-than-recommended doses of VALTREX for their level of renal function.

Elderly patients are more likely to have central nervous system adverse reactions.

VALTREX should be discontinued if central nervous system adverse reactions occur [see Adverse Reactions (6.3), Use in Specific Populations (8.5, 8.6)].

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

17 PATIENT COUNSELING INFORMATION ‑ Advise the patient to read the FDA Approved Patient Labeling (Patient Information).

Patients should be advised to maintain adequate hydration.

Importance of Adequate Hydration: Patients should be advised to initiate treatment at the earliest symptom of a cold sore (e.g., tingling, itching, or burning).

There are no data on the effectiveness of treatment initiated after the development of clinical signs of a cold sore (e.g., papule, vesicle, or ulcer).

Patients should be instructed that treatment for cold sores should not exceed 1 day (2 doses) and that their doses should be taken about 12 hours apart.

Patients should be informed that VALTREX is not a cure for cold sores.

Cold Sores (Herpes Labialis): Patients should be informed that VALTREX is not a cure for genital herpes.

Because genital herpes is a sexually transmitted disease, patients should avoid contact with lesions or intercourse when lesions and/or symptoms are present to avoid infecting partners.

Genital herpes is frequently transmitted in the absence of symptoms through asymptomatic viral shedding.

Therefore, patients should be counseled to use safer sex practices in combination with suppressive therapy with VALTREX.

Sex partners of infected persons should be advised that they might be infected even if they have no symptoms.

Type‑specific serologic testing of asymptomatic partners of persons with genital herpes can determine whether risk for HSV‑2 acquisition exists.

Genital Herpes: VALTREX has not been shown to reduce transmission of sexually transmitted infections other than HSV‑2.

If medical management of a genital herpes recurrence is indicated, patients should be advised to initiate therapy at the first sign or symptom of an episode.

There are no data on the effectiveness of treatment initiated more than 72 hours after the onset of signs and symptoms of a first episode of genital herpes or more than 24 hours after the onset of signs and symptoms of a recurrent episode.

There are no data on the safety or effectiveness of chronic suppressive therapy of more than 1 year’s duration in otherwise healthy patients.

There are no data on the safety or effectiveness of chronic suppressive therapy of more than 6 months’ duration in HIV‑1-infected patients.

There are no data on treatment initiated more than 72 hours after onset of the zoster rash.

Patients should be advised to initiate treatment as soon as possible after a diagnosis of herpes zoster.

Herpes Zoster: : Patients should be advised to initiate treatment at the earliest sign or symptom of chickenpox.

Chickenpox VALTREX is a registered trademark of the GlaxoSmithKline group of companies.

Distributed by: GlaxoSmithKline Research Triangle Park, NC 27709 ©2013, GlaxoSmithKline group of companies.

All rights reserved.

VTX:6PI PHARMACIST‑DETACH HERE AND GIVE INSTRUCTIONS TO PATIENT _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

2 VALTREX may be given without regard to meals.

• Valacyclovir oral suspension (25 mg/mL or 50 mg/mL) may be prepared extemporaneously from 500-mg VALTREX Caplets for use in pediatric patients for whom a solid dosage form is not appropriate .

• [see Dosage and Administration (2.3)] ( ) Adult Dosage 2.1 Cold Sores 2 grams every 12 hours for 1 day Genital Herpes Initial episode 1 gram twice daily for 10 days Recurrent episodes 500 mg twice daily for 3 days Suppressive therapy Immunocompetent patients 1 gram once daily Alternate dose in patients with less than or equal to 9 recurrences/year 500 mg once daily HIV-1─infected patients 500 mg twice daily Reduction of transmission 500 mg once daily Herpes Zoster 1 gram 3 times daily for 7 days ( ) Pediatric Dosage 2.2 Cold Sores (aged greater than or equal to 12 years) 2 grams every 12 hours for 1 day Chickenpox (aged 2 to less than 18 years) 20 mg/kg 3 times daily for 5 days; not to exceed 1 gram 3 times daily Valacyclovir oral suspension (25 mg/mL or 50 mg/mL) can be prepared from the 500 mg VALTREX Caplets.

( ) 2.3 2.1 Adult Dosing Recommendations The recommended dosage of VALTREX for treatment of cold sores is 2 grams twice daily for 1 day taken 12 hours apart.

Therapy should be initiated at the earliest symptom of a cold sore (e.g., tingling, itching, or burning).

Cold Sores (Herpes Labialis): The recommended dosage of VALTREX for treatment of initial genital herpes is 1 gram twice daily for 10 days.

Therapy was most effective when administered within 48 hours of the onset of signs and symptoms.

Genital Herpes: Initial Episode: The recommended dosage of VALTREX for treatment of recurrent genital herpes is 500 mg twice daily for 3 days.

Initiate treatment at the first sign or symptom of an episode.

Recurrent Episodes: The recommended dosage of VALTREX for chronic suppressive therapy of recurrent genital herpes is 1 gram once daily in patients with normal immune function.

In patients with a history of 9 or fewer recurrences per year, an alternative dose is 500 mg once daily.

Suppressive Therapy: In HIV─1─infected patients with a CD4+ cell count greater than or equal to 100 cells/mm , the recommended dosage of VALTREX for chronic suppressive therapy of recurrent genital herpes is 500 mg twice daily.

3 The recommended dosage of VALTREX for reduction of transmission of genital herpes in patients with a history of 9 or fewer recurrences per year is 500 mg once daily for the source partner.

Reduction of Transmission: The recommended dosage of VALTREX for treatment of herpes zoster is 1 gram 3 times daily for 7 days.

Therapy should be initiated at the earliest sign or symptom of herpes zoster and is most effective when started within 48 hours of the onset of rash.

Herpes Zoster: 2.2 Pediatric Dosing Recommendations The recommended dosage of VALTREX for the treatment of cold sores in pediatric patients aged greater than or equal to 12 years is 2 grams twice daily for 1 day taken 12 hours apart.

Therapy should be initiated at the earliest symptom of a cold sore (e.g., tingling, itching, or burning).

Cold Sores (Herpes Labialis): The recommended dosage of VALTREX for treatment of chickenpox in immunocompetent pediatric patients aged 2 to less than 18 years is 20 mg/kg administered 3 times daily for 5 days.

The total dose should not exceed 1 gram 3 times daily.

Therapy should be initiated at the earliest sign or symptom .

Chickenpox: [see Use in Specific Populations (8.4), Clinical Pharmacology (12.3), Clinical Studies (14.4)] 2.3 Extemporaneous Preparation of Oral Suspension VALTREX Caplets 500 mg, cherry flavor, and Suspension Structured Vehicle USP─NF (SSV).

Valacyclovir oral suspension (25 mg/mL or 50 mg/mL) should be prepared in lots of 100 mL.

Ingredients and Preparation per USP─NF: Prepare Suspension at Time of Dispensing as Follows: Prepare SSV according to the USP-NF.

• Using a pestle and mortar, grind the required number of VALTREX 500 mg Caplets until a fine powder is produced (5 VALTREX Caplets for 25 mg/mL suspension; 10 VALTREX Caplets for 50 mg/mL suspension).

• Gradually add approximately 5-mL aliquots of SSV to the mortar and triturate the powder until a paste has been produced.

Ensure that the powder has been adequately wetted.

• Continue to add approximately 5-mL aliquots of SSV to the mortar, mixing thoroughly between additions, until a concentrated suspension is produced, to a minimum total quantity of 20 mL SSV and a maximum total quantity of 40 mL SSV for both the 25-mg/mL and 50─mg/mL suspensions.

• Transfer the mixture to a suitable 100-mL measuring flask.

• Transfer the cherry flavor* to the mortar and dissolve in approximately 5 mL of SSV.

Once dissolved, add to the measuring flask.

• Rinse the mortar at least 3 times with approximately 5-mL aliquots of SSV, transferring the rinsing to the measuring flask between additions.

• Make the suspension to volume (100 mL) with SSV and shake thoroughly to mix.

• Transfer the suspension to an amber glass medicine bottle with a child─resistant closure.

• The prepared suspension should be labeled with the following information “Shake well before using.

Store suspension between 2° to 8°C (36° to 46°F) in a refrigerator.

Discard after 28 days.” • *The amount of cherry flavor added is as instructed by the suppliers of the cherry flavor.

2.4 Patients With Renal Impairment Dosage recommendations for adult patients with reduced renal function are provided in Table 1 .

Data are not available for the use of VALTREX in pediatric patients with a creatinine clearance less than 50 mL/min/1.73 m .

[see Use in Specific Populations (8.5, 8.6), Clinical Pharmacology (12.3)] 2 Table 1.

VALTREX Dosage Recommendations for Adults With Renal Impairment Indications Normal Dosage Regimen (Creatinine Clearance ≥50 mL/min) Creatinine Clearance (mL/min) 30-49 10-29 <10 Cold sores (Herpes labialis) Do not exceed 1 day of treatment.

Two 2 gram doses taken 12 hours apart Two 1 gram doses taken 12 hours apart Two 500 mg doses taken 12 hours apart 500 mg single dose Genital herpes: Initial episode 1 gram every 12 hours no reduction 1 gram every 24 hours 500 mg every 24 hours Genital herpes: Recurrent episode 500 mg every 12 hours no reduction 500 mg every 24 hours 500 mg every 24 hours Genital herpes: Suppressive therapy Immunocompetent patients 1 gram every 24 hours no reduction 500 mg every 24 hours 500 mg every 24 hours Alternate dose for immunocompetent patients with less than or equal to 9 recurrences/year 500 mg every 24 hours no reduction 500 mg every 48 hours 500 mg every 48 hours HIV─1─infected patients 500 mg every 12 hours no reduction 500 mg every 24 hours 500 mg every 24 hours Herpes zoster 1 gram every 8 hours 1 gram every 12 hours 1 gram every 24 hours 500 mg every 24 hours Patients requiring hemodialysis should receive the recommended dose of VALTREX after hemodialysis.

During hemodialysis, the half─life of acyclovir after administration of VALTREX is approximately 4 hours.

About one-third of acyclovir in the body is removed by dialysis during a 4─hour hemodialysis session.

Hemodialysis: There is no information specific to administration of VALTREX in patients receiving peritoneal dialysis.

The effect of chronic ambulatory peritoneal dialysis (CAPD) and continuous arteriovenous hemofiltration/dialysis (CAVHD) on acyclovir pharmacokinetics has been studied.

The removal of acyclovir after CAPD and CAVHD is less pronounced than with hemodialysis, and the pharmacokinetic parameters closely resemble those observed in patients with end─stage renal disease (ESRD) not receiving hemodialysis.

Therefore, supplemental doses of VALTREX should not be required following CAPD or CAVHD.

Peritoneal Dialysis:

ARIPiprazole 20 MG Oral Tablet

Generic Name: ARIPIPRAZOLE
Brand Name: Aripiprazole
  • Substance Name(s):
  • ARIPIPRAZOLE

DRUG INTERACTIONS

7 Dosage adjustment due to drug interactions ( 7.1 ): Factors Dosage Adjustments for Aripiprazole Known CYP2D6 Poor Metabolizers Administer half of usual dose Known CYP2D6 Poor Metabolizers and strong CYP3A4 inhibitors Administer a quarter of usual dose Strong CYP2D6 or CYP3A4 inhibitors Administer half of usual dose Strong CYP2D6 and CYP3A4 inhibitors Administer a quarter of usual dose Strong CYP3A4 inducers Double usual dose over 1 to 2 weeks 7.1 Drugs Having Clinically Important Interactions with Aripiprazole Table 25: Clinically Important Drug Interactions with Aripiprazole: Concomitant Drug Name or Drug Class Clinical Rationale Clinical Recommendation Strong CYP3A4 Inhibitors (e.g., itraconazole, clarithromycin) or strong CYP2D6 inhibitors (e.g., quinidine, fluoxetine, paroxetine) The concomitant use of aripiprazole with strong CYP 3A4 or CYP2D6 inhibitors increased the exposure of aripiprazole compared to the use of aripiprazole alone [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3) ] .

With concomitant use of aripiprazole with a strong CYP3A4 inhibitor or CYP2D6 inhibitor, reduce the aripiprazole dosage [see Dosage and Administration (2.7) ] .

Strong CYP3A4 Inducers (e.g., carbamazepine, rifampin) The concomitant use of aripiprazole and carbamazepine decreased the exposure of aripiprazole compared to the use of aripiprazole alone [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3) ] .

With concomitant use of aripiprazole with a strong CYP3A4 inducer, consider increasing the aripiprazole dosage [see Dosage and Administration (2.7) ] .

Antihypertensive Drugs Due to its alpha adrenergic antagonism, aripiprazole has the potential to enhance the effect of certain antihypertensive agents.

Monitor blood pressure and adjust dose accordingly [see Warnings and Precautions (5.8) ] .

Benzodiazepines (e.g., lorazepam) The intensity of sedation was greater with the combination of oral aripiprazole and lorazepam as compared to that observed with aripiprazole alone.

The orthostatic hypotension observed was greater with the combination as compared to that observed with lorazepam alone [see Warnings and Precautions (5.8) ].

Monitor sedation and blood pressure.

Adjust dose accordingly.

7.2 Drugs Having No Clinically Important Interactions with Aripiprazole Based on pharmacokinetic studies, no dosage adjustment of aripiprazole is required when administered concomitantly with famotidine, valproate, lithium, lorazepam.

In addition, no dosage adjustment is necessary for substrates of CYP2D6 (e.g., dextromethorphan, fluoxetine, paroxetine, or venlafaxine), CYP2C9 (e.g., warfarin), CYP2C19 (e.g., omeprazole, warfarin, escitalopram), or CYP3A4 (e.g., dextromethorphan) when co-administered with aripiprazole.

Additionally, no dosage adjustment is necessary for valproate, lithium, lamotrigine, lorazepam, or sertraline when co-administered with aripiprazole [see Clinical Pharmacology (12.3) ] .

OVERDOSAGE

10 MedDRA terminology has been used to classify the adverse reactions.

10.1 Human Experience In clinical trials and in postmarketing experience, adverse reactions of deliberate or accidental overdosage with oral aripiprazole have been reported worldwide.

These include overdoses with oral aripiprazole alone and in combination with other substances.

No fatality was reported with aripiprazole alone.

The largest known dose with a known outcome involved acute ingestion of 1260 mg of oral aripiprazole (42 times the maximum recommended daily dose) by a patient who fully recovered.

Deliberate or accidental overdosage was also reported in children (age 12 and younger) involving oral aripiprazole ingestions up to 195 mg with no fatalities.

Common adverse reactions (reported in at least 5% of all overdose cases) reported with oral aripiprazole overdosage (alone or in combination with other substances) include vomiting, somnolence, and tremor.

Other clinically important signs and symptoms observed in one or more patients with aripiprazole overdoses (alone or with other substances) include acidosis, aggression, aspartate aminotransferase increased, atrial fibrillation, bradycardia, coma, confusional state, convulsion, blood creatine phosphokinase increased, depressed level of consciousness, hypertension, hypokalemia, hypotension, lethargy, loss of consciousness, QRS complex prolonged, QT prolonged, pneumonia aspiration, respiratory arrest, status epilepticus, and tachycardia.

10.2 Management of Overdosage No specific information is available on the treatment of overdose with aripiprazole.

An electrocardiogram should be obtained in case of overdosage and if QT interval prolongation is present, cardiac monitoring should be instituted.

Otherwise, management of overdose should concentrate on supportive therapy, maintaining an adequate airway, oxygenation and ventilation, and management of symptoms.

Close medical supervision and monitoring should continue until the patient recovers.

Charcoal: In the event of an overdose of aripiprazole, an early charcoal administration may be useful in partially preventing the absorption of aripiprazole.

Administration of 50 g of activated charcoal, one hour after a single 15 mg oral dose of aripiprazole, decreased the mean AUC and C max of aripiprazole by 50%.

Hemodialysis: Although there is no information on the effect of hemodialysis in treating an overdose with aripiprazole, hemodialysis is unlikely to be useful in overdose management since aripiprazole is highly bound to plasma proteins.

DESCRIPTION

11 Aripiprazole, USP is an atypical antipsychotic drug that is available as aripiprazole tablets, USP.

Aripiprazole, USP is 7-[4-[4-(2,3-dichlorophenyl)-1-piperazinyl]butoxy]-3,4-dihydrocarbostyril.

The empirical formula is C 23 H 27 Cl 2 N 3 O 2 and its molecular weight is 448.38.

The chemical structure is: Aripiprazole tablets, USP are available in 2 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 15 mg, 20 mg, and 30 mg strengths.

Inactive ingredients include croscarmellose sodium, magnesium stearate, microcrystalline cellulose and tartaric acid.

The 2 mg and 5 mg tablets contain FD&C Blue No.

2 indigo carmine aluminum lake (30% to 36%).

The 2 mg and 15 mg tablets contain ferric oxide yellow.

The 10 mg and 30 mg tablets contain FD&C Red No.

40 allura red AC aluminum lake (15% to 17%).

c103b8f2-figure-01

CLINICAL STUDIES

14 Efficacy of the oral formulations of aripiprazole was established in the following adequate and well-controlled trials: Four short-term trials and one maintenance trial in adult patients and one short-term trial in adolescents (ages 13 to 17) with schizophrenia [see Clinical Studies (14.1) ] One maintenance monotherapy trial and in one maintenance adjunctive trial in adult patients with bipolar I disorder [see Clinical Studies (14.2) ] Additional pediatric use information is approved for Otsuka America Pharmaceutical, Inc.’s ABILIFY ® (aripiprazole) product.

However, due to Otsuka America Pharmaceutical, Inc.’s marketing exclusivity rights, this drug product is not labeled with that information.

14.1 Schizophrenia Adults The efficacy of aripiprazole in the treatment of schizophrenia was evaluated in five short-term (4-week and 6-week), placebo-controlled trials of acutely relapsed inpatients who predominantly met DSM-III/IV criteria for schizophrenia.

Four of the five trials were able to distinguish aripiprazole from placebo, but one study, the smallest, did not.

Three of these studies also included an active control group consisting of either risperidone (one trial) or haloperidol (two trials), but they were not designed to allow for a comparison of aripiprazole and the active comparators.

In the four positive trials for aripiprazole, four primary measures were used for assessing psychiatric signs and symptoms.

Efficacy was evaluated using the total score on the Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale (PANSS).

The PANSS is a 30 item scale that measures positive symptoms of schizophrenia (7 items), negative symptoms of schizophrenia (7 items), and general psychopathology (16 items), each rated on a scale of 1 (absent) to 7 (extreme); total PANSS scores range from 30 to 210.

The Clinical Global Impression (CGI) assessment reflects the impression of a skilled observer, fully familiar with the manifestations of schizophrenia, about the overall clinical state of the patient.

In a 4-week trial (n=414) comparing two fixed doses of aripiprazole (15 or 30 mg/day) to placebo, both doses of aripiprazole were superior to placebo in the PANSS total score (Study 1 in Table 26), PANSS positive subscale, and CGI-severity score.

In addition, the 15 mg dose was superior to placebo in the PANSS negative subscale.

In a 4-week trial (n=404) comparing two fixed doses of aripiprazole (20 or 30 mg/day) to placebo, both doses of aripiprazole were superior to placebo in the PANSS total score (Study 2 in Table 26), PANSS positive subscale, PANSS negative subscale, and CGI-severity score.

In a 6-week trial (n=420) comparing three fixed doses of aripiprazole (10, 15, or 20 mg/day) to placebo, all three doses of aripiprazole were superior to placebo in the PANSS total score (Study 3 in Table 26), PANSS positive subscale, and the PANSS negative subscale.

In a 6-week trial (n=367) comparing three fixed doses of aripiprazole (2, 5, or 10 mg/day) to placebo, the 10 mg dose of aripiprazole was superior to placebo in the PANSS total score (Study 4 in Table 26), the primary outcome measure of the study.

The 2 and 5 mg doses did not demonstrate superiority to placebo on the primary outcome measure.

Thus, the efficacy of 10, 15, 20, and 30 mg daily doses was established in two studies for each dose.

Among these doses, there was no evidence that the higher dose groups offered any advantage over the lowest dose group of these studies.

An examination of population subgroups did not reveal any clear evidence of differential responsiveness on the basis of age, gender, or race.

A longer-term trial enrolled 310 inpatients or outpatients meeting DSM-IV criteria for schizophrenia who were, by history, symptomatically stable on other antipsychotic medications for periods of 3 months or longer.

These patients were discontinued from their antipsychotic medications and randomized to aripiprazole 15 mg/day or placebo for up to 26 weeks of observation for relapse.

Relapse during the double-blind phase was defined as CGI-Improvement score of ≥5 (minimally worse), scores ≥5 (moderately severe) on the hostility or uncooperativeness items of the PANSS, or ≥20% increase in the PANSS total score.

Patients receiving aripiprazole 15 mg/day experienced a significantly longer time to relapse over the subsequent 26 weeks compared to those receiving placebo (Study 5 in Figure 6).

Pediatric Patients The efficacy of aripiprazole in the treatment of schizophrenia in pediatric patients (13 to 17 years of age) was evaluated in one 6-week, placebo-controlled trial of outpatients who met DSM-IV criteria for schizophrenia and had a PANSS score ≥70 at baseline.

In this trial (n=302) comparing two fixed doses of aripiprazole (10 or 30 mg/day) to placebo, aripiprazole was titrated starting from 2 mg/day to the target dose in 5 days in the 10 mg/day treatment arm and in 11 days in the 30 mg/day treatment arm.

Both doses of aripiprazole were superior to placebo in the PANSS total score (Study 6 in Table 26), the primary outcome measure of the study.

The 30 mg/day dosage was not shown to be more efficacious than the 10 mg/day dose.

Although maintenance efficacy in pediatric patients has not been systematically evaluated, maintenance efficacy can be extrapolated from adult data along with comparisons of aripiprazole pharmacokinetic parameters in adult and pediatric patients.

Table 26: Schizophrenia Studies Study Number Treatment Group Primary Efficacy Measure: PANSS Mean Baseline Score (SD) LS Mean Change from Baseline (SE) Placebo-subtracted Difference * (95% CI) Study 1 Aripiprazole (15 mg/day) † 98.5 (17.2) -15.5 (2.40) -12.6 (-18.9, -6.2) Aripiprazole (30 mg/day) † 99.0 (19.2) -11.4 (2.39) -8.5 (-14.8, -2.1) Placebo 100.2 (16.5) -2.9 (2.36) — Study 2 Aripiprazole (20 mg/day) † 92.6 (19.5) -14.5 (2.23) -9.6 (-15.4, -3.8) Aripiprazole (30 mg/day) † 94.2 (18.5) -13.9 (2.24) -9.0 (-14.8, -3.1) Placebo 94.3 (18.5) -5.0 (2.17) — Study 3 Aripiprazole (10 mg/day) † 92.7 (19.5) -15.0 (2.38) -12.7 (-19.00, -6.41) Aripiprazole (15 mg/day) † 93.2 (21.6) -11.7 (2.38) -9.4 (-15.71, -3.08) Aripiprazole (20 mg/day) † 92.5 (20.9) -14.4 (2.45) -12.1 (-18.53, -5.68) Placebo 92.3 (21.8) -2.3 (2.35) — Study 4 Aripiprazole (2 mg/day) 90.7 (14.5) -8.2 (1.90) -2.9 (-8.29, 2.47) Aripiprazole (5 mg/day) 92.0 (12.6) -10.6 (1.93) -5.2 (-10.7, 0.19) Aripiprazole (10 mg/day) † 90.0 (11.9) -11.3 (1.88) -5.9 (-11.3, -0.58) Placebo 90.8 (13.3) -5.3 (1.97) — Study 6 Aripiprazole (10 mg/day) † 93.6 (15.7) -26.7 (1.91) -5.5 (-10.7, -0.21) (Pediatric, Aripiprazole (30 mg/day) † 94.0 (16.1) -28.6 (1.92) -7.4 (-12.7, -2.13) 13 to 17 years) Placebo 94.6 (15.6) -21.2 (1.93) — SD: standard deviation; SE: standard error; LS Mean: least-squares mean; CI: unadjusted confidence interval.

*Difference (drug minus placebo) in least-squares mean change from baseline.

† Doses statistically significantly superior to placebo.

Figure 6: Kaplan-Meier Estimation of Cumulative Proportion of Patients with Relapse (Schizophrenia Study 5) Additional pediatric use information is approved for Otsuka America Pharmaceutical, Inc.’s ABILIFY ® (aripiprazole) product.

However, due to Otsuka America Pharmaceutical, Inc.’s marketing exclusivity rights, this drug product is not labeled with that information.

1 14.2 Bipolar Disorder Maintenance Treatment of Bipolar I Disorder Monotherapy Maintenance Therapy A maintenance trial was conducted in adult patients meeting DSM-IV criteria for bipolar I disorder with a recent manic or mixed episode who had been stabilized on open-label aripiprazole and who had maintained a clinical response for at least 6 weeks.

The first phase of this trial was an open-label stabilization period in which inpatients and outpatients were clinically stabilized and then maintained on open-label aripiprazole (15 or 30 mg/day, with a starting dose of 30 mg/day) for at least 6 consecutive weeks.

One hundred sixty-one outpatients were then randomized in a double-blind fashion, to either the same dose of aripiprazole they were on at the end of the stabilization and maintenance period or placebo and were then monitored for manic or depressive relapse.

During the randomization phase, aripiprazole was superior to placebo on time to the number of combined affective relapses (manic plus depressive), the primary outcome measure for this study (Study 7 in Figure 7).

A total of 55 mood events were observed during the double-blind treatment phase.

Nineteen were from the aripiprazole group and 36 were from the placebo group.

The number of observed manic episodes in the aripiprazole group (6) were fewer than that in the placebo group (19), while the number of depressive episodes in the aripiprazole group (9) was similar to that in the placebo group (11).

An examination of population subgroups did not reveal any clear evidence of differential responsiveness on the basis of age and gender; however, there were insufficient numbers of patients in each of the ethnic groups to adequately assess inter-group differences.

Figure 7: Kaplan-Meier Estimation of Cumulative Proportion of Patients with Relapse (Bipolar Study 7) Adjunctive Maintenance Therapy An adjunctive maintenance trial was conducted in adult patients meeting DSM-IV criteria for bipolar I disorder with a recent manic or mixed episode.

Patients were initiated on open-label lithium (0.6 to 1.0 mEq/L) or valproate (50 to 125 mcg/mL) at therapeutic serum levels, and remained on stable doses for 2 weeks.

At the end of 2 weeks, patients demonstrating inadequate response (Y-MRS total score ≥16 and ≤35% improvement on the Y-MRS total score) to lithium or valproate received aripiprazole with a starting dose of 15 mg/day with the option to increase to 30 mg or reduce to 10 mg as early as day 4, as adjunctive therapy with open-label lithium or valproate.

Prior to randomization, patients on the combination of single-blind aripiprazole and lithium or valproate were required to maintain stability (Y-MRS and MADRS total scores ≤12) for 12 consecutive weeks.

Three hundred thirty-seven patients were then randomized in a double-blind fashion, to either the same dose of aripiprazole they were on at the end of the stabilization period or placebo plus lithium or valproate and were then monitored for manic, mixed, or depressive relapse for a maximum of 52 weeks.

Aripiprazole was superior to placebo on the primary endpoint, time from randomization to relapse to any mood event (Study 8 in Figure 8).

A mood event was defined as hospitalization for a manic, mixed, or depressive episode, study discontinuation due to lack of efficacy accompanied by Y-MRS score >16 and/or a MADRS >16, or an SAE of worsening disease accompanied by Y-MRS score >16 and/or a MADRS >16.

A total of 68 mood events were observed during the double-blind treatment phase.

Twenty-five were from the aripiprazole group and 43 were from the placebo group.

The number of observed manic episodes in the aripiprazole group (7) were fewer than that in the placebo group (19), while the number of depressive episodes in the aripiprazole group (14) was similar to that in the placebo group (18).

The Kaplan-Meier curves of the time from randomization to relapse to any mood event during the 52-week, double-blind treatment phase for aripiprazole and placebo groups are shown in Figure 8.

Figure 8: Kaplan-Meier Estimation of Cumulative Proportion of Patients with Relapse to Any Mood Event (Bipolar Study 8) An examination of population subgroups did not reveal any clear evidence of differential responsiveness on the basis of age and gender; however, there were insufficient numbers of patients in each of the ethnic groups to adequately assess inter-group differences.

01 0102

HOW SUPPLIED

16 /STORAGE AND HANDLING 16.1 How Supplied Aripiprazole tablets USP, 2 mg, are supplied as green to light green colored, mosaic appearance, modified rectangle shaped, uncoated tablet with debossing “AN896” and “2” on one side and plain on the other side.

They are available as follows: Bottles of 30: NDC 65162-896-03 Bottles of 90: NDC 65162-896-09 Bottles of 500: NDC 65162-896-50 Bottles of 1000: NDC 65162-896-11 Aripiprazole tablets USP, 5 mg, are supplied as blue to light blue colored, mosaic appearance, modified rectangle shaped, uncoated tablet with debossing “AN897” and “5” on one side and plain on the other side.

They are available as follows: Bottles of 30: NDC 65162-897-03 Bottles of 90: NDC 65162-897-09 Bottles of 500: NDC 65162-897-50 Bottles of 1000: NDC 65162-897-11 Aripiprazole tablets USP, 10 mg, are supplied as pink to light pink colored, mosaic appearance, modified rectangle shaped, uncoated tablet with debossing “AN898” and “10” on one side and plain on the other side.

They are available as follows: Bottles of 30: NDC 65162-898-03 Bottles of 90: NDC 65162-898-09 Bottles of 500: NDC 65162-898-50 Bottles of 1000: NDC 65162-898-11 Aripiprazole tablets USP, 15 mg, are supplied as yellow to light yellow colored, mosaic appearance, round shaped, uncoated tablet with debossing “AN899” and “15” on one side and plain on the other side.

They are available as follows: Bottles of 30: NDC 65162-899-03 Bottles of 90: NDC 65162-899-09 Bottles of 500: NDC 65162-899-50 Bottles of 1000: NDC 65162-899-11 Aripiprazole tablets USP, 20 mg, are supplied as white to off-white, round shaped, uncoated tablet with debossing “AN901” and “20” on one side and plain on the other side.

They are available as follows: Bottles of 30: NDC 65162-901-03 Bottles of 90: NDC 65162-901-09 Bottles of 500: NDC 65162-901-50 Bottles of 1000: NDC 65162-901-11 Aripiprazole tablets USP, 30 mg, are supplied as pink to light pink colored, mosaic appearance, round shaped, uncoated tablet with debossing “AN902” and “30” on one side and plain on the other side.

They are available as follows: Bottles of 30: NDC 65162-902-03 Bottles of 90: NDC 65162-902-09 Bottles of 500: NDC 65162-902-50 Bottles of 1000: NDC 65162-902-11 16.2 Storage Tablets Store at 20° to 25°C (68° to 77°F); excursions permitted between 15° to 30°C (59° to 86°F) [see USP Controlled Room Temperature] in tightly closed containers.

RECENT MAJOR CHANGES

Warnings and Precautions, Pathological Gambling and Other Compulsive Behaviors ( 5.7 ) 08/2016 Warnings and Precautions ( 5.5 ) 08/2019

DOSAGE FORMS AND STRENGTHS

3 Aripiprazole Tablets, USP are available as described in Table 3.

Table 3: Aripiprazole Tablet Presentations Tablet Strength Tablet Color/Shape Tablet Markings 2 mg green to light green mosaic appearance, modified rectangle shaped “AN896” and “2” 5 mg blue to light blue mosaic appearance, modified rectangle shaped “AN897” and “5” 10 mg pink to light pink mosaic appearance, modified rectangle shaped “AN898” and “10” 15 mg yellow to light yellow mosaic appearance, round shaped “AN899” and “15” 20 mg white to off-white, round shaped “AN901” and “20” 30 mg pink to light pink mosaic appearance, round shaped “AN902” and “30” Tablets: 2 mg, 5 mg, 10 mg, 15 mg, 20 mg, and 30 mg ( 3 )

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1 Aripiprazole Oral Tablets are indicated for the treatment of: Schizophrenia [see Clinical Studies (14.1) ] Additional pediatric use information is approved for Otsuka America Pharmaceutical, Inc.’s ABILIFY ® (aripiprazole) product.

However, due to Otsuka America Pharmaceutical, Inc.’s marketing exclusivity rights, this drug product is not labeled with that information.

Aripiprazole tablets are an atypical antipsychotic.

The oral formulations are indicated for: Schizophrenia ( 14.1 )

BOXED WARNING

WARNING: INCREASED MORTALITY IN ELDERLY PATIENTS WITH DEMENTIA-RELATED PSYCHOSIS and SUICIDAL THOUGHTS AND BEHAVIORS WITH ANTIDEPRESSANT DRUGS Elderly patients with dementia-related psychosis treated with antipsychotic drugs are at an increased risk of death.

Aripiprazole is not approved for the treatment of patients with dementia-related psychosis [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1) ] .

Antidepressants increased the risk of suicidal thoughts and behavior in children, adolescents, and young adults in short-term studies.

These studies did not show an increase in the risk of suicidal thoughts and behavior with antidepressant use in patients over age 24; there was a reduction in risk with antidepressant use in patients aged 65 and older [see Warnings and Precautions (5.3) ] .

In patients of all ages who are started on antidepressant therapy, monitor closely for worsening, and for emergence of suicidal thoughts and behaviors.

Advise families and caregivers of the need for close observation and communication with the prescriber [see Warnings and Precautions (5.3) ] .

WARNING: INCREASED MORTALITY IN ELDERLY PATIENTS WITH DEMENTIA-RELATED PSYCHOSIS and SUICIDAL THOUGHTS AND BEHAVIORS WITH ANTIDEPRESSANT DRUGS See full prescribing information for complete boxed warning.

Elderly patients with dementia-related psychosis treated with antipsychotic drugs are at an increased risk of death.

Aripiprazole is not approved for the treatment of patients with dementia-related psychosis.

( 5.1 ) Increased risk of suicidal thinking and behavior in children, adolescents, and young adults taking antidepressants.

Monitor for worsening and emergence of suicidal thoughts and behaviors.

( 5.3 )

WARNING AND CAUTIONS

5 WARNINGS AND PRECAUTIONS Cerebrovascular Adverse Reactions in Elderly Patients with Dementia-Related Psychosis: Increased incidence of cerebrovascular adverse reactions (e.g., stroke, transient ischemic attack, including fatalities) ( 5.2 ) Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome: Manage with immediate discontinuation and close monitoring ( 5.4 ) Tardive Dyskinesia: Discontinue if clinically appropriate ( 5.5 ) Metabolic Changes: Atypical antipsychotic drugs have been associated with metabolic changes that include hyperglycemia/diabetes mellitus, dyslipidemia, and body weight gain ( 5.6 ) Hyperglycemia/Diabetes Mellitus: Monitor glucose regularly in patients with and at risk for diabetes ( 5.6 ) Dyslipidemia: Undesirable alterations in lipid levels have been observed in patients treated with atypical antipsychotics ( 5.6 ) Weight Gain: Weight gain has been observed with atypical antipsychotic use.

Monitor weight ( 5.6 ) Pathological Gambling and Other Compulsive Behaviors: Consider dose reduction or discontinuation ( 5.7 ) Orthostatic Hypotension: Monitor heart rate and blood pressure and warn patients with known cardiovascular or cerebrovascular disease, and risk of dehydration or syncope ( 5.8 ) Leukopenia, Neutropenia, and Agranulocytosis: have been reported with antipsychotics including aripiprazole.

Patients with a history of a clinically significant low white blood cell count (WBC) or a drug-induced leukopenia/neutropenia should have their complete blood count (CBC) monitored frequently during the first few months of therapy and discontinuation of aripiprazole should be considered at the first sign of a clinically significant decline in WBC in the absence of other causative factors ( 5.10 ) Seizures/Convulsions: Use cautiously in patients with a history of seizures or with conditions that lower the seizure threshold ( 5.11 ) Potential for Cognitive and Motor Impairment: Use caution when operating machinery ( 5.12 ) Suicide: The possibility of a suicide attempt is inherent in schizophrenia.

Closely supervise high-risk patients ( 5.14 ) 5.1 Increased Mortality in Elderly Patients with Dementia-Related Psychosis Increased Mortality Elderly patients with dementia-related psychosis treated with antipsychotic drugs are at an increased risk of death.

Aripiprazole is not approved for the treatment of patients with dementia-related psychosis [see Boxed Warning ] .

Safety Experience in Elderly Patients with Psychosis Associated with Alzheimer’s Disease In three, 10-week, placebo-controlled studies of aripiprazole in elderly patients with psychosis associated with Alzheimer’s disease (n=938; mean age: 82.4 years; range: 56 to 99 years), the adverse reactions that were reported at an incidence of ≥3% and aripiprazole incidence at least twice that for placebo were lethargy [placebo 2%, aripiprazole 5%], somnolence (including sedation) [placebo 3%, aripiprazole 8%], and incontinence (primarily, urinary incontinence) [placebo 1%, aripiprazole 5%], excessive salivation [placebo 0%, aripiprazole 4%], and lightheadedness [placebo 1%, aripiprazole 4%].

The safety and efficacy of aripiprazole in the treatment of patients with psychosis associated with dementia have not been established.

If the prescriber elects to treat such patients with aripiprazole, assess for the emergence of difficulty swallowing or excessive somnolence, which could predispose to accidental injury or aspiration [see Boxed Warning ] .

5.2 Cerebrovascular Adverse Events, Including Stroke In placebo-controlled clinical studies (two flexible dose and one fixed dose study) of dementia-related psychosis, there was an increased incidence of cerebrovascular adverse events (e.g., stroke, transient ischemic attack), including fatalities, in aripiprazole-treated patients (mean age: 84 years; range: 78 to 88 years).

In the fixed-dose study, there was a statistically significant dose response relationship for cerebrovascular adverse events in patients treated with aripiprazole.

Aripiprazole is not approved for the treatment of patients with dementia-related psychosis [see Boxed Warning ] .

5.3 Suicidal Thoughts and Behaviors in Children, Adolescents, and Young Adults Patients with major depressive disorder (MDD), both adult and pediatric, may experience worsening of their depression and/or the emergence of suicidal ideation and behavior (suicidality) or unusual changes in behavior, whether or not they are taking antidepressant medications, and this risk may persist until significant remission occurs.

Suicide is a known risk of depression and certain other psychiatric disorders, and these disorders themselves are the strongest predictors of suicide.

There has been a long-standing concern, however, that antidepressants may have a role in inducing worsening of depression and the emergence of suicidality in certain patients during the early phases of treatment.

Pooled analyses of short-term, placebo-controlled trials of antidepressant drugs (SSRIs and others) showed that these drugs increase the risk of suicidal thinking and behavior (suicidality) in children, adolescents, and young adults (ages 18 to 24) with MDD and other psychiatric disorders.

Short-term studies did not show an increase in the risk of suicidality with antidepressants compared to placebo in adults beyond age 24; there was a reduction with antidepressants compared to placebo in adults aged 65 and older.

The pooled analyses of placebo-controlled trials in children and adolescents with MDD, Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD), or other psychiatric disorders included a total of 24 short-term trials of 9 antidepressant drugs in over 4400 patients.

The pooled analyses of placebo-controlled trials in adults with MDD or other psychiatric disorders included a total of 295 short-term trials (median duration of 2 months) of 11 antidepressant drugs in over 77,000 patients.

There was considerable variation in risk of suicidality among drugs, but a tendency toward an increase in the younger patients for almost all drugs studied.

There were differences in absolute risk of suicidality across the different indications, with the highest incidence in MDD.

The risk differences (drug vs.

placebo), however, were relatively stable within age strata and across indications.

These risk differences (drug-placebo difference in the number of cases of suicidality per 1000 patients treated) are provided in Table 5.

Table 5: Age Range Drug-Placebo Difference in Number of Cases of Suicidality per 1000 Patients Treated Increases Compared to Placebo <18 14 additional cases 18 to 24 5 additional cases Decreases Compared to Placebo 25 to 64 1 fewer case ≥65 6 fewer cases No suicides occurred in any of the pediatric trials.

There were suicides in the adult trials, but the number was not sufficient to reach any conclusion about drug effect on suicide.

It is unknown whether the suicidality risk extends to longer-term use, i.e.

beyond several months.

However, there is substantial evidence from placebo-controlled maintenance trials in adults with depression that the use of antidepressants can delay the recurrence of depression.

All patients being treated with antidepressants for any indication should be monitored appropriately and observed closely for clinical worsening, suicidality, and unusual changes in behavior, especially during the initial few months of a course of drug therapy, or at times of dose changes, either increases or decreases.

The following symptoms, anxiety, agitation, panic attacks, insomnia, irritability, hostility, aggressiveness, impulsivity, akathisia (psychomotor restlessness), hypomania, and mania, have been reported in adult and pediatric patients being treated with antidepressants for MDD as well as for other indications, both psychiatric and nonpsychiatric.

Although a causal link between the emergence of such symptoms and either the worsening of depression and/or the emergence of suicidal impulses has not been established, there is concern that such symptoms may represent precursors to emerging suicidality.

Consideration should be given to changing the therapeutic regimen, including possibly discontinuing the medication, in patients whose depression is persistently worse, or who are experiencing emergent suicidality or symptoms that might be precursors to worsening depression or suicidality, especially if these symptoms are severe, abrupt in onset, or were not part of the patient’s presenting symptoms.

Families and caregivers of patients being treated with antidepressants for major depressive disorder or other indications, both psychiatric and nonpsychiatric, should be alerted about the need to monitor patients for the emergence of agitation, irritability, unusual changes in behavior, and the other symptoms described above, as well as the emergence of suicidality, and to report such symptoms immediately to healthcare providers.

Such monitoring should include daily observation by families and caregivers.

Prescriptions for aripiprazole should be written for the smallest quantity of tablets consistent with good patient management, in order to reduce the risk of overdose.

Screening Patients for Bipolar Disorder: A major depressive episode may be the initial presentation of bipolar disorder.

It is generally believed (though not established in controlled trials) that treating such an episode with an antidepressant alone may increase the likelihood of precipitation of a mixed/manic episode in patients at risk for bipolar disorder.

Whether any of the symptoms described above represent such a conversion is unknown.

However, prior to initiating treatment with an antidepressant, patients with depressive symptoms should be adequately screened to determine if they are at risk for bipolar disorder; such screening should include a detailed psychiatric history, including a family history of suicide, bipolar disorder, and depression.

It should be noted that aripiprazole is not approved for use in treating depression in the pediatric population.

5.4 Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome (NMS) A potentially fatal symptom complex sometimes referred to as Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome (NMS) may occur with administration of antipsychotic drugs, including aripiprazole.

Rare cases of NMS occurred during aripiprazole treatment in the worldwide clinical database.

Clinical manifestations of NMS are hyperpyrexia, muscle rigidity, altered mental status, and evidence of autonomic instability (irregular pulse or blood pressure, tachycardia, diaphoresis, and cardiac dysrhythmia).

Additional signs may include elevated creatine phosphokinase, myoglobinuria (rhabdomyolysis), and acute renal failure.

The diagnostic evaluation of patients with this syndrome is complicated.

In arriving at a diagnosis, it is important to exclude cases where the clinical presentation includes both serious medical illness (e.g., pneumonia, systemic infection) and untreated or inadequately treated extrapyramidal signs and symptoms (EPS).

Other important considerations in the differential diagnosis include central anticholinergic toxicity, heat stroke, drug fever, and primary central nervous system pathology.

The management of NMS should include: 1) immediate discontinuation of antipsychotic drugs and other drugs not essential to concurrent therapy; 2) intensive symptomatic treatment and medical monitoring; and 3) treatment of any concomitant serious medical problems for which specific treatments are available.

There is no general agreement about specific pharmacological treatment regimens for uncomplicated NMS.

If a patient requires antipsychotic drug treatment after recovery from NMS, the potential reintroduction of drug therapy should be carefully considered.

The patient should be carefully monitored, since recurrences of NMS have been reported.

5.5 Tardive Dyskinesia A syndrome of potentially irreversible, involuntary, dyskinetic movements may develop in patients treated with antipsychotic drugs.

Although the prevalence of the syndrome appears to be highest among the elderly, especially elderly women, it is impossible to rely upon prevalence estimates to predict, at the inception of antipsychotic treatment, which patients are likely to develop the syndrome.

Whether antipsychotic drug products differ in their potential to cause tardive dyskinesia is unknown.

The risk of developing tardive dyskinesia and the likelihood that it will become irreversible are believed to increase as the duration of treatment and the total cumulative dose of antipsychotic drugs administered to the patient increase.

However, the syndrome can develop, although much less commonly, after relatively brief treatment periods at low doses.

Tardive dyskinesia may remit, partially or completely, if antipsychotic treatment is withdrawn.

Antipsychotic treatment, itself, however, may suppress (or partially suppress) the signs and symptoms of the syndrome and, thereby, may possibly mask the underlying process.

The effect that symptomatic suppression has upon the long-term course of the syndrome is unknown.

Given these considerations, aripiprazole should be prescribed in a manner that is most likely to minimize the occurrence of tardive dyskinesia.

Chronic antipsychotic treatment should generally be reserved for patients who suffer from a chronic illness that (1) is known to respond to antipsychotic drugs and (2) for whom alternative, equally effective, but potentially less harmful treatments are not available or appropriate.

In patients who do require chronic treatment, the smallest dose and the shortest duration of treatment producing a satisfactory clinical response should be sought.

The need for continued treatment should be reassessed periodically.

If signs and symptoms of tardive dyskinesia appear in a patient on aripiprazole, drug discontinuation should be considered.

However, some patients may require treatment with aripiprazole despite the presence of the syndrome.

5.6 Metabolic Changes Atypical antipsychotic drugs have been associated with metabolic changes that include hyperglycemia/diabetes mellitus, dyslipidemia, and body weight gain.

While all drugs in the class have been shown to produce some metabolic changes, each drug has its own specific risk profile.

Hyperglycemia/Diabetes Mellitus Hyperglycemia, in some cases extreme and associated with ketoacidosis or hyperosmolar coma or death, has been reported in patients treated with atypical antipsychotics.

There have been reports of hyperglycemia in patients treated with aripiprazole [see Adverse Reactions (6.1 , 6.2 ) ] .

Assessment of the relationship between atypical antipsychotic use and glucose abnormalities is complicated by the possibility of an increased background risk of diabetes mellitus in patients with schizophrenia and the increasing incidence of diabetes mellitus in the general population.

Given these confounders, the relationship between atypical antipsychotic use and hyperglycemia-related adverse events is not completely understood.

However, epidemiological studies suggest an increased risk of hyperglycemia-related adverse reactions in patients treated with the atypical antipsychotics.

Because aripiprazole was not marketed at the time these studies were performed, it is not known if aripiprazole is associated with this increased risk.

Precise risk estimates for hyperglycemia-related adverse reactions in patients treated with atypical antipsychotics are not available.

Patients with an established diagnosis of diabetes mellitus who are started on atypical antipsychotics should be monitored regularly for worsening of glucose control.

Patients with risk factors for diabetes mellitus (e.g., obesity, family history of diabetes) who are starting treatment with atypical antipsychotics should undergo fasting blood glucose testing at the beginning of treatment and periodically during treatment.

Any patient treated with atypical antipsychotics should be monitored for symptoms of hyperglycemia including polydipsia, polyuria, polyphagia, and weakness.

Patients who develop symptoms of hyperglycemia during treatment with atypical antipsychotics should undergo fasting blood glucose testing.

In some cases, hyperglycemia has resolved when the atypical antipsychotic was discontinued; however, some patients required continuation of anti-diabetic treatment despite discontinuation of the suspect drug.

Adults In an analysis of 13 placebo-controlled monotherapy trials in adults, primarily with schizophrenia or another indication, the mean change in fasting glucose in aripiprazole-treated patients (+4.4 mg/dL; median exposure 25 days; N=1057) was not significantly different than in placebo-treated patients (+2.5 mg/dL; median exposure 22 days; N=799).

Table 6 shows the proportion of aripiprazole-treated patients with normal and borderline fasting glucose at baseline (median exposure 25 days) that had treatment-emergent high fasting glucose measurements compared to placebo-treated patients (median exposure 22 days).

Table 6: Changes in Fasting Glucose From Placebo-Controlled Monotherapy Trials in Adult Patients Category Change (at least once) from Baseline Treatment Arm n/N % Fasting Glucose Normal to High (<100 mg/dL to ≥126 mg/dL) Aripiprazole 31/822 3.8 Placebo 22/605 3.6 Borderline to High (≥100 mg/dL and <126 mg/dL to ≥126 mg/dL) Aripiprazole 31/176 17.6 Placebo 13/142 9.2 At 24 weeks, the mean change in fasting glucose in aripiprazole-treated patients was not significantly different than in placebo-treated patients [+2.2 mg/dL (n=42) and +9.6 mg/dL (n=28), respectively].

Pediatric Patients and Adolescents In an analysis of two placebo-controlled trials in adolescents with schizophrenia (13 to 17 years) and pediatric patients with another indication (10 to 17 years), the mean change in fasting glucose in aripiprazole-treated patients (+4.8 mg/dL; with a median exposure of 43 days; N=259) was not significantly different than in placebo-treated patients (+1.7 mg/dL; with a median exposure of 42 days; N=123).

Table 8 shows the proportion of patients with changes in fasting glucose levels from the pooled adolescent schizophrenia or another indication (median exposure of 42 to 43 days).

Table 8: Changes in Fasting Glucose From Placebo-Controlled Trials in Pediatric and Adolescent Patients Category Change (at least once) from Baseline Indication Treatment Arm n/N % Fasting Glucose Normal to High (<100 mg/dL to ≥126 mg/dL) Pooled Schizophrenia and Another Indication Aripiprazole 2/236 0.8 Placebo 2/110 1.8 Fasting Glucose Borderline to High (≥100 mg/dL and <126 mg/dL to ≥126 mg/dL) Pooled Schizophrenia and Another Indication Aripiprazole 1/22 4.5 Placebo 0/12 0 At 12 weeks in the pooled adolescent schizophrenia and other indication trials, the mean change in fasting glucose in aripiprazole-treated patients was not significantly different than in placebo-treated patients [+2.4 mg/dL (n=81) and +0.1 mg/dL (n=15), respectively].

Dyslipidemia Undesirable alterations in lipids have been observed in patients treated with atypical antipsychotics.

There were no significant differences between aripiprazole- and placebo-treated patients in the proportion with changes from normal to clinically significant levels for fasting/nonfasting total cholesterol, fasting triglycerides, fasting LDLs, and fasting/nonfasting HDLs.

Analyses of patients with at least 12 or 24 weeks of exposure were limited by small numbers of patients.

Adults Table 9 shows the proportion of adult patients, primarily from pooled schizophrenia and another indication monotherapy placebo-controlled trials, with changes in total cholesterol (pooled from 17 trials; median exposure 21 to 25 days), fasting triglycerides (pooled from eight trials; median exposure 42 days), fasting LDL cholesterol (pooled from eight trials; median exposure 39 to 45 days, except for placebo-treated patients with baseline normal fasting LDL measurements, who had median treatment exposure of 24 days) and HDL cholesterol (pooled from nine trials; median exposure 40 to 42 days).

Table 9: Changes in Blood Lipid Parameters From Placebo-Controlled Monotherapy Trials in Adults Treatment Arm n/N % Total Cholesterol Normal to High (<200 mg/dL to ≥240 mg/dL) Aripiprazole 34/1357 2.5 Placebo 27/973 2.8 Fasting Triglycerides Normal to High (<150 mg/dL to ≥200 mg/dL) Aripiprazole 40/539 7.4 Placebo 30/431 7.0 Fasting LDL Cholesterol Normal to High (<100 mg/dL to ≥160 mg/dL) Aripiprazole 2/332 0.6 Placebo 2/268 0.7 HDL Cholesterol Normal to Low (≥40 mg/dL to <40 mg/dL) Aripiprazole 121/1066 11.4 Placebo 99/794 12.5 In monotherapy trials in adults, the proportion of patients at 12 weeks and 24 weeks with changes from Normal to High in total cholesterol (fasting/nonfasting), fasting triglycerides, and fasting LDL cholesterol were similar between aripiprazole- and placebo-treated patients: at 12 weeks, Total Cholesterol (fasting/nonfasting), 1/71 (1.4%) vs.

3/74 (4.1%); Fasting Triglycerides, 8/62 (12.9%) vs.

5/37 (13.5%); Fasting LDL Cholesterol, 0/34 (0%) vs.

1/25 (4.0%), respectively; and at 24 weeks, Total Cholesterol (fasting/nonfasting), 1/42 (2.4%) vs.

3/37 (8.1%); Fasting Triglycerides, 5/34 (14.7%) vs.

5/20 (25%); Fasting LDL Cholesterol, 0/22 (0%) vs.

1/18 (5.6%), respectively.

Pediatric Patients and Adolescents Table 11 shows the proportion of adolescents with schizophrenia (13 to 17 years) and pediatric patients with another indication (10 to 17 years) with changes in total cholesterol and HDL cholesterol (pooled from two placebo-controlled trials; median exposure 42 to 43 days) and fasting triglycerides (pooled from two placebo-controlled trials; median exposure 42 to 44 days).

Table 11: Changes in Blood Lipid Parameters From Placebo-Controlled Monotherapy Trials in Pediatric and Adolescent Patients in Schizophrenia and Another Indication Treatment Arm n/N % Total Cholesterol Normal to High (<170 mg/dL to ≥200 mg/dL) Aripiprazole 3/220 1.4 Placebo 0/116 0 Fasting Triglycerides Normal to High (<150 mg/dL to ≥200 mg/dL) Aripiprazole 7/187 3.7 Placebo 4/85 4.7 HDL Cholesterol Normal to Low (≥40 mg/dL to <40 mg/dL) Aripiprazole 27/236 11.4 Placebo 22/109 20.2 In monotherapy trials of adolescents with schizophrenia and pediatric patients with another indication, the proportion of patients at 12 weeks and 24 weeks with changes from Normal to High in total cholesterol (fasting/nonfasting), fasting triglycerides, and fasting LDL cholesterol were similar between aripiprazole- and placebo-treated patients: at 12 weeks, Total Cholesterol (fasting/nonfasting), 0/57 (0%) vs.

0/15 (0%); Fasting Triglycerides, 2/72 (2.8%) vs.

1/14 (7.1%), respectively; and at 24 weeks, Total Cholesterol (fasting/nonfasting), 0/36 (0%) vs.

0/12 (0%); Fasting Triglycerides, 1/47 (2.1%) vs.

1/10 (10.0%), respectively.

Weight Gain Weight gain has been observed with atypical antipsychotic use.

Clinical monitoring of weight is recommended.

Adults In an analysis of 13 placebo-controlled monotherapy trials, primarily from pooled schizophrenia and patients with another indication, with a median exposure of 21 to 25 days, the mean change in body weight in aripiprazole-treated patients was +0.3 kg (N=1673) compared to –0.1 kg (N=1100) in placebo-controlled patients.

At 24 weeks, the mean change from baseline in body weight in aripiprazole-treated patients was –1.5 kg (n=73) compared to –0.2 kg (n=46) in placebo-treated patients.

Table 14 shows the percentage of adult patients with weight gain ≥7% of body weight by indication.

Table 14: Percentage of Patients From Placebo-Controlled Trials in Adult Patients with Weight Gain ≥7% of Body Weight Indication Treatment Arm N Patients n (%) Weight gain ≥7% of body weight Schizophrenia* Aripiprazole 852 69 (8.1) Placebo 379 12 (3.2) Another Indication † Aripiprazole 719 16 (2.2) Placebo 598 16 (2.7) * 4 to 6 weeks duration.

† 3 weeks duration.

Pediatric Patients and Adolescents In an analysis of two placebo-controlled trials in adolescents with schizophrenia (13 to 17 years) and pediatric patients with another indication (10 to 17 years) with median exposure of 42 to 43 days, the mean change in body weight in aripiprazole-treated patients was +1.6 kg (N=381) compared to +0.3 kg (N=187) in placebo-treated patients.

At 24 weeks, the mean change from baseline in body weight in aripiprazole-treated patients was +5.8 kg (n=62) compared to +1.4 kg (n=13) in placebo-treated patients.

Table 15 shows the percentage of pediatric and adolescent patients with weight gain ≥7% of body weight by indication.

Table 15: Percentage of Patients From Placebo-Controlled Monotherapy Trials in Pediatric and Adolescent Patients with Weight Gain ≥7% of Body Weight Indication Treatment Arm N Patients n (%) Weight gain ≥7% of body weight Pooled Schizophrenia and Another Indication* Aripiprazole 381 20 (5.2) Placebo 187 3 (1.6) * 4 to 6 weeks duration.

In an open-label trial that enrolled patients from the two placebo-controlled trials of adolescents with schizophrenia (13 to 17 years) and pediatric patients with another indication (10 to 17 years), 73.2% of patients (238/325) completed 26 weeks of therapy with aripiprazole.

After 26 weeks, 32.8% of patients gained ≥7% of their body weight, not adjusted for normal growth.

To adjust for normal growth, z-scores were derived (measured in standard deviations [SD]), which normalize for the natural growth of pediatric patients and adolescents by comparisons to age- and gender-matched population standards.

A z-score change <0.5 SD is considered not clinically significant.

After 26 weeks, the mean change in z-score was 0.09 SD.

When treating pediatric patients for any indication, weight gain should be monitored and assessed against that expected for normal growth.

Additional pediatric use information is approved for Otsuka America Pharmaceutical, Inc.’s ABILIFY ® (aripiprazole) product.

However, due to Otsuka America Pharmaceutical, Inc.’s marketing exclusivity rights, this drug product is not labeled with that information.

5.7 Pathological Gambling and Other Compulsive Behaviors Post-marketing case reports suggest that patients can experience intense urges, particularly for gambling, and the inability to control these urges while taking aripiprazole.

Other compulsive urges, reported less frequently, include: sexual urges, shopping, eating or binge eating, and other impulsive or compulsive behaviors.

Because patients may not recognize these behaviors as abnormal, it is important for prescribers to ask patients or their caregivers specifically about the development of new or intense gambling urges, compulsive sexual urges, compulsive shopping, binge or compulsive eating, or other urges while being treated with aripiprazole.

It should be noted that impulse-control symptoms can be associated with the underlying disorder.

In some cases, although not all, urges were reported to have stopped when the dose was reduced or the medication was discontinued.

Compulsive behaviors may result in harm to the patient and others if not recognized.

Consider dose reduction or stopping the medication if a patient develops such urges.

5.8 Orthostatic Hypotension Aripiprazole may cause orthostatic hypotension, perhaps due to its α 1 -adrenergic receptor antagonism.

The incidence of orthostatic hypotension-associated events from short-term, placebo-controlled trials of adult patients on oral aripiprazole (n=2467) included (aripiprazole incidence, placebo incidence) orthostatic hypotension (1%, 0.3%), postural dizziness (0.5%, 0.3%), and syncope (0.5%, 0.4%); of pediatric patients 6 to 18 years of age (n=732) on oral aripiprazole included orthostatic hypotension (0.5%, 0%), postural dizziness (0.4%, 0%), and syncope (0.2%, 0%) [see Adverse Reactions (6.1) ].

The incidence of a significant orthostatic change in blood pressure (defined as a decrease in systolic blood pressure ≥20 mmHg accompanied by an increase in heart rate ≥25 bpm when comparing standing to supine values) for aripiprazole was not meaningfully different from placebo (aripiprazole incidence, placebo incidence): in adult oral aripiprazole-treated patients (4%, 2%), or in pediatric oral aripiprazole-treated patients aged 6 to 18 years (0.4%, 1%).

Aripiprazole should be used with caution in patients with known cardiovascular disease (history of myocardial infarction or ischemic heart disease, heart failure or conduction abnormalities), cerebrovascular disease, or conditions which would predispose patients to hypotension (dehydration, hypovolemia, and treatment with antihypertensive medications) [see Drug Interactions (7.1) ] .

5.9 Falls Antipsychotics, including aripiprazole, may cause somnolence, postural hypotension, motor and sensory instability, which may lead to falls and, consequently, fractures or other injuries.

For patients with diseases, conditions, or medications that could exacerbate these effects, complete fall risk assessments when initiating antipsychotic treatment and recurrently for patients on long-term antipsychotic therapy.

5.10 Leukopenia, Neutropenia, and Agranulocytosis In clinical trials and/or postmarketing experience, events of leukopenia and neutropenia have been reported temporally related to antipsychotic agents, including aripiprazole.

Agranulocytosis has also been reported.

Possible risk factors for leukopenia/neutropenia include pre-existing low white blood cell count (WBC)/absolute neutrophil count (ANC) and history of drug-induced leukopenia/neutropenia.

In patients with a history of a clinically significant low WBC/ANC or drug-induced leukopenia/neutropenia, perform a complete blood count (CBC) frequently during the first few months of therapy.

In such patients, consider discontinuation of aripiprazole at the first sign of a clinically significant decline in WBC in the absence of other causative factors.

Monitor patients with clinically significant neutropenia for fever or other symptoms or signs of infection and treat promptly if such symptoms or signs occur.

Discontinue aripiprazole in patients with severe neutropenia (absolute neutrophil count <1000/mm 3 ) and follow their WBC counts until recovery.

5.11 Seizures/Convulsions In short-term, placebo-controlled trials, patients with a history of seizures excluded seizures/convulsions occurred in 0.1% (3/2467) of undiagnosed adult patients treated with oral aripiprazole and in 0.1% (1/732) of pediatric patients (6 to 18 years).

As with other antipsychotic drugs, aripiprazole should be used cautiously in patients with a history of seizures or with conditions that lower the seizure threshold.

Conditions that lower the seizure threshold may be more prevalent in a population of 65 years or older.

5.12 Potential for Cognitive and Motor Impairment Aripiprazole, like other antipsychotics, may have the potential to impair judgment, thinking, or motor skills.

For example, in short-term, placebo-controlled trials, somnolence (including sedation) was reported as follows (aripiprazole incidence, placebo incidence): in adult patients (n=2467) treated with oral aripiprazole (11%, 6%), and in pediatric patients ages 6 to 17 (n=611) (24%, 6%).

Somnolence (including sedation) led to discontinuation in 0.3% (8/2467) of adult patients and 3% (20/732) of pediatric patients (6 to 18 years) on oral aripiprazole in short-term, placebo-controlled trials.

Despite the relatively modest increased incidence of these events compared to placebo, patients should be cautioned about operating hazardous machinery, including automobiles, until they are reasonably certain that therapy with aripiprazole does not affect them adversely.

5.13 Body Temperature Regulation Disruption of the body’s ability to reduce core body temperature has been attributed to antipsychotic agents.

Appropriate care is advised when prescribing aripiprazole for patients who will be experiencing conditions which may contribute to an elevation in core body temperature, (e.g., exercising strenuously, exposure to extreme heat, receiving concomitant medication with anticholinergic activity, or being subject to dehydration) [see Adverse Reactions (6.2) ] .

5.14 Suicide The possibility of a suicide attempt is inherent in psychotic illnesses, and close supervision of high-risk patients should accompany drug therapy.

Prescriptions for aripiprazole should be written for the smallest quantity consistent with good patient management in order to reduce the risk of overdose [see Adverse Reactions (6.1 , 6.2 )] .

5.15 Dysphagia Esophageal dysmotility and aspiration have been associated with antipsychotic drug use, including aripiprazole.

Aspiration pneumonia is a common cause of morbidity and mortality in elderly patients, in particular those with advanced Alzheimer’s dementia.

Aripiprazole and other antipsychotic drugs should be used cautiously in patients at risk for aspiration pneumonia [see Warnings and Precautions (5.1) and Adverse Reactions (6.2) ] .

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

17 PATIENT COUNSELING INFORMATION Advise the patient to read the FDA-approved patient labeling (Medication Guide).

Discuss the following issues with patients prescribed aripiprazole: Clinical Worsening of Depression and Suicide Risk Patients, their families, and their caregivers should be encouraged to be alert to the emergence of anxiety, agitation, panic attacks, insomnia, irritability, hostility, aggressiveness, impulsivity, akathisia (psychomotor restlessness), hypomania, mania, other unusual changes in behavior, worsening of depression, and suicidal ideation, especially early during antidepressant treatment and when the dose is adjusted up or down.

Families and caregivers of patients should be advised to look for the emergence of such symptoms on a day-to-day basis, since changes may be abrupt.

Such symptoms should be reported to the patient’s prescriber or health professional, especially if they are severe, abrupt in onset, or were not part of the patient’s presenting symptoms.

Symptoms such as these may be associated with an increased risk for suicidal thinking and behavior and indicate a need for very close monitoring and possibly changes in the medication [see Warnings and Precautions (5.3)] .

Prescribers or other health professionals should inform patients, their families, and their caregivers about the benefits and risks associated with treatment with aripiprazole and should counsel them in its appropriate use.

A patient Medication Guide including information about “Antidepressant Medicines, Depression and other Serious Mental Illness, and Suicidal Thoughts or Actions” is available for aripiprazole.

The prescriber or health professional should instruct patients, their families, and their caregivers to read the Medication Guide and should assist them in understanding its contents.

Patients should be given the opportunity to discuss the contents of the Medication Guide and to obtain answers to any questions they may have.

It should be noted that aripiprazole is not approved as a single agent for treatment of depression and has not been evaluated in pediatric major depressive disorder.

Pathological Gambling and Other Compulsive Behaviors Advise patients and their caregivers of the possibility that they may experience compulsive urges to shop, intense urges to gamble, compulsive sexual urges, binge eating and/or other compulsive urges and the inability to control these urges while taking aripiprazole.

In some cases, but not all, the urges were reported to have stopped when the dose was reduced or stopped [see Warnings and Precautions (5.7)] .

Interference with Cognitive and Motor Performance Because aripiprazole may have the potential to impair judgment, thinking, or motor skills, patients should be cautioned about operating hazardous machinery, including automobiles, until they are reasonably certain that aripiprazole therapy does not affect them adversely [see Warnings and Precautions (5.12)] .

Concomitant Medication Patients should be advised to inform their physicians if they are taking, or plan to take, any prescription or over-the-counter drugs, since there is a potential for interactions [see Drug Interactions (7)] .

Heat Exposure and Dehydration Patients should be advised regarding appropriate care in avoiding overheating and dehydration [see Warnings and Precautions (5.13)] .

Pregnancy Advise patients to notify their healthcare provider if they become pregnant or intend to become pregnant during treatment with aripiprazole.

Advise patients that aripiprazole may cause extrapyramidal and/or withdrawal symptoms (agitation, hypertonia, hypotonia, tremor, somnolence, respiratory distress, and feeding disorder) in a neonate.

Advise patients that there is a pregnancy registry that monitors pregnancy outcomes in women exposed to aripiprazole during pregnancy [see Use in Specific Populations (8.1)].

Manufactured by: Amneal Pharmaceuticals Pvt.

Ltd.

Ahmedabad, 382220 INDIA Distributed by: Amneal Pharmaceuticals LLC Bridgewater, NJ 08807 Rev.

02-2020-08

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

2 Initial Dose Recommended Dose Maximum Dose Schizophrenia – adults (2.1) 10 to 15 mg/day 10 to 15 mg/day 30 mg/day Schizophrenia – adolescents (2.1) 2 mg/day 10 mg/day 30 mg/day Oral formulations: Administer once daily without regard to meals ( 2 ) Known CYP2D6 poor metabolizers: Half of the usual dose ( 2.7 ) 2.1 Schizophrenia Adults The recommended starting and target dose for aripiprazole tablets is 10 or 15 mg/day administered on a once-a-day schedule without regard to meals.

Aripiprazole tablets has been systematically evaluated and shown to be effective in a dose range of 10 to 30 mg/day, when administered as the tablet formulation; however, doses higher than 10 or 15 mg/day were not more effective than 10 or 15 mg/day.

Dosage increases should generally not be made before 2 weeks, the time needed to achieve steady-state [see Clinical Studies (14.1) ] .

Maintenance Treatment: Maintenance of efficacy in schizophrenia was demonstrated in a trial involving patients with schizophrenia who had been symptomatically stable on other antipsychotic medications for periods of 3 months or longer.

These patients were discontinued from those medications and randomized to either aripiprazole tablets 15 mg/day or placebo, and observed for relapse [see Clinical Studies (14.1) ] .

Patients should be periodically reassessed to determine the continued need for maintenance treatment.

Adolescents The recommended target dose of aripiprazole tablets is 10 mg/day.

Aripiprazole was studied in adolescent patients 13 to 17 years of age with schizophrenia at daily doses of 10 mg and 30 mg.

The starting daily dose of the tablet formulation in these patients was 2 mg, which was titrated to 5 mg after 2 days and to the target dose of 10 mg after 2 additional days.

Subsequent dose increases should be administered in 5 mg increments.

The 30 mg/day dose was not shown to be more efficacious than the 10 mg/day dose.

Aripiprazole tablets can be administered without regard to meals [see Clinical Studies (14.1) ] .

Patients should be periodically reassessed to determine the need for maintenance treatment.

Switching from Other Antipsychotics There are no systematically collected data to specifically address switching patients with schizophrenia from other antipsychotics to aripiprazole tablets or concerning concomitant administration with other antipsychotics.

While immediate discontinuation of the previous antipsychotic treatment may be acceptable for some patients with schizophrenia, more gradual discontinuation may be most appropriate for others.

In all cases, the period of overlapping antipsychotic administration should be minimized.

Additional pediatric use information is approved for Otsuka America Pharmaceutical, Inc.’s ABILIFY ® (aripiprazole) product.

However, due to Otsuka America Pharmaceutical, Inc.’s marketing exclusivity rights, this drug product is not labeled with that information.

2.7 Dosage Adjustments for Cytochrome P450 Considerations Dosage adjustments are recommended in patients who are known CYP2D6 poor metabolizers and in patients taking concomitant CYP3A4 inhibitors or CYP2D6 inhibitors or strong CYP3A4 inducers (see Table 2).

When the co-administered drug is withdrawn from the combination therapy, aripiprazole tablets dosage should then be adjusted to its original level.

When the co-administered CYP3A4 inducer is withdrawn, aripiprazole tablets dosage should be reduced to the original level over 1 to 2 weeks.

Patients who may be receiving a combination of strong, moderate, and weak inhibitors of CYP3A4 and CYP2D6 (e.g., a strong CYP3A4 inhibitor and a moderate CYP2D6 inhibitor or a moderate CYP3A4 inhibitor with a moderate CYP2D6 inhibitor), the dosing may be reduced to one-quarter (25%) of the usual dose initially and then adjusted to achieve a favorable clinical response.

Table 2: Dose Adjustments for Aripiprazole Tablets in Patients who are known CYP2D6 Poor Metabolizers and Patients Taking Concomitant CYP2D6 Inhibitors, 3A4 Inhibitors, and/or CYP3A4 Inducers Factors Dosage Adjustments for Aripiprazole Tablets Known CYP2D6 Poor Metabolizers Administer half of usual dose Known CYP2D6 Poor Metabolizers taking concomitant strong CYP3A4 inhibitors (e.g., itraconazole, clarithromycin) Administer a quarter of usual dose Strong CYP2D6 (e.g., quinidine, fluoxetine, paroxetine) or CYP3A4 inhibitors (e.g., itraconazole, clarithromycin) Administer half of usual dose Strong CYP2D6 and CYP3A4 inhibitors Administer a quarter of usual dose Strong CYP3A4 inducers (e.g., carbamazepine, rifampin) Double usual dose over 1 to 2 weeks

sertraline (as sertraline hydrochloride) 50 MG Oral Tablet

WARNINGS

Clinical Worsening and Suicide Risk Patients with major depressive disorder (MDD), both adult and pediatric, may experience worsening of their depression and/or the emergence of suicidal ideation and behavior (suicidality) or unusual changes in behavior, whether or not they are taking antidepressant medications, and this risk may persist until significant remission occurs.

Suicide is a known risk of depression and certain other psychiatric disorders, and these disorders themselves are the strongest predictors of suicide.

There has been a long-standing concern, however, that antidepressants may have a role in inducing worsening of depression and the emergence of suicidality in certain patients during the early phases of treatment.

Pooled analyses of short-term placebo-controlled trials of antidepressant drugs (SSRIs and others) showed that these drugs increase the risk of suicidal thinking and behavior (suicidality) in children, adolescents, and young adults (ages 18-24) with major depressive disorder (MDD) and other psychiatric disorders.

Short-term studies did not show an increase in the risk of suicidality with antidepressants compared to placebo in adults beyond age 24; there was a reduction with antidepressants compared to placebo in adults aged 65 and older.

The pooled analyses of placebo-controlled trials in children and adolescents with MDD, obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD), or other psychiatric disorders included a total of 24 short-term trials of 9 antidepressant drugs in over 4400 patients.

The pooled analyses of placebo-controlled trials in adults with MDD or other psychiatric disorders included a total of 295 short-term trials (median duration of 2 months) of 11 antidepressant drugs in over 77,000 patients.

There was considerable variation in risk of suicidality among drugs, but a tendency toward an increase in the younger patients for almost all drugs studied.

There were differences in absolute risk of suicidality across the different indications, with the highest incidence in MDD.

The risk differences (drug vs placebo), however, were relatively stable within age strata and across indications.

The risk differences (drug-placebo differences in the number of cases of suicidality per 1000 patients treated) are provided in Table 1.

Table 1 Age Range Drug-Placebo Difference in Number of Cases of Suicidality per 1000 Patients Treated Increases Compared to Placebo <18 14 additional cases 18–24 5 additional cases Decreases Compared to Placebo 25–64 1 fewer case ≥65 6 fewer cases No suicides occurred in any of the pediatric trials.

There were suicides in the adult trials, but the number was not sufficient to reach any conclusion about drug effect on suicide.

It is unknown whether the suicidality risk extends to longer-term use, i.e., beyond several months.

However, there is substantial evidence from placebo-controlled maintenance trials in adults with depression that the use of antidepressants can delay the recurrence of depression.

All patients being treated with antidepressants for any indication should be monitored appropriately and observed closely for clinical worsening, suicidality, and unusual changes in behavior, especially during the initial few months of a course of drug therapy, or at times of dose changes, either increases or decreases.

The following symptoms, anxiety, agitation, panic attacks, insomnia, irritability, hostility, aggressiveness, impulsivity, akathisia (psychomotor restlessness), hypomania, and mania, have been reported in adult and pediatric patients being treated with antidepressants for major depressive disorder as well as for other indications, both psychiatric and nonpsychiatric.

Although a causal link between the emergence of such symptoms and either the worsening of depression and/or the emergence of suicidal impulses has not been established, there is concern that such symptoms may represent precursors to emerging suicidality.

Consideration should be given to changing the therapeutic regimen, including possibly discontinuing the medication, in patients whose depression is persistently worse, or who are experiencing emergent suicidality or symptoms that might be precursors to worsening depression or suicidality, especially if these symptoms are severe, abrupt in onset, or were not part of the patient’s presenting symptoms.

If the decision has been made to discontinue treatment, medication should be tapered, as rapidly as is feasible, but with recognition that abrupt discontinuation can be associated with certain symptoms (see PRECAUTIONS and DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION—Discontinuation of Treatment with sertraline hydrochloride, for a description of the risks of discontinuation of sertraline hydrochloride).

Families and caregivers of patients being treated with antidepressants for major depressive disorder or other indications, both psychiatric and nonpsychiatric , should be alerted about the need to monitor patients for the emergence of agitation, irritability, unusual changes in behavior, and the other symptoms described above, as well as the emergence of suicidality, and to report such symptoms immediately to health care providers.

Such monitoring should include daily observation by families and caregivers.

Prescriptions for sertraline hydrochloride should be written for the smallest quantity of tablets consistent with good patient management, in order to reduce the risk of overdose.

Screening Patients for Bipolar Disorder A major depressive episode may be the initial presentation of bipolar disorder.

It is generally believed (though not established in controlled trials) that treating such an episode with an antidepressant alone may increase the likelihood of precipitation of a mixed/manic episode in patients at risk for bipolar disorder.

Whether any of the symptoms described above represent such a conversion is unknown.

However, prior to initiating treatment with an antidepressant, patients with depressive symptoms should be adequately screened to determine if they are at risk for bipolar disorder; such screening should include a detailed psychiatric history, including a family history of suicide, bipolar disorder, and depression.

It should be noted that sertraline hydrochloride is not approved for use in treating bipolar depression.

Cases of serious sometimes fatal reactions have been reported in patients receiving sertraline hydrochloride, a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI), in combination with a monoamine oxidase inhibitor (MAOI).

Symptoms of a drug interaction between an SSRI and an MAOI include: hyperthermia, rigidity, myoclonus, autonomic instability with possible rapid fluctuations of vital signs, mental status changes that include confusion, irritability, and extreme agitation progressing to delirium and coma.

These reactions have also been reported in patients who have recently discontinued an SSRI and have been started on an MAOI.

Some cases presented with features resembling neuroleptic malignant syndrome.

Therefore, sertraline hydrochloride should not be used in combination with an MAOI, or within 14 days of discontinuing treatment with an MAOI.

Similarly, at least 14 days should be allowed after stopping sertraline hydrochloride before starting an MAOI.

The concomitant use of sertraline hydrochloride with MAOIs intended to treat depression is contraindicated (see CONTRAINDICATIONS and – Potential for Interaction with Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors ).

Serotonin Syndrome or Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome (NMS)-like Reactions: The development of a potentially life-threatening serotonin syndrome or Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome (NMS)-like reactions have been reported with SNRIs and SSRIs alone, including sertraline hydrochloride treatment, but particularly with concomitant use of serotonergic drugs (including triptans and fentanyl) and with drugs which impair metabolism of serotonin (including MAOIs), or with antipsychotics or other dopamine antagonists.

Serotonin syndrome symptoms may include mental status changes (e.g., agitation, hallucinations, coma), autonomic instability (e.g., tachycardia, labile blood pressure, hyperthermia), neuromuscular aberrations (e.g., hyperreflexia, incoordination) and/or gastrointestinal symptoms (e.g., nausea, vomiting, diarrhea).

Serotonin syndrome, in its most severe form can resemble neuroleptic malignant syndrome, which includes hyperthermia, muscle rigidity, autonomic instability with possible rapid fluctuation of vital signs, and mental status changes.

Patients should be monitored for the emergence of serotonin syndrome or NMS-like signs and symptoms.

The concomitant use of sertraline hydrochloride with MAOIs intended to treat depression is contraindicated.

If concomitant treatment of sertraline hydrochloride, with a 5-hydroxytryptamine receptor agonist (triptan) is clinically warranted, careful observation of the patient is advised, particularly during treatment initiation and dose increases.

The concomitant use of SNRIs and SSRIs, including serteraline hydrochloride, with serotonin precursors (such as tryptophan) is not recommended.

Treatment with sertraline hydrochloride and any concomitant serotonergic or antidopaminergic agents, including antipsychotics, should be discontinued immediately if the above events occur and supportive symptomatic treatment should be initiated.

Co-administration of sertraline hydrochloride with other drugs which enhance the effects of serotonergic neurotransmission, such as tryptophan, fenfluramine, fentanyl, 5-HT agonists, or the herbal medicine St.

John’s Wort (hypericum perforatum) should be undertaken with caution and avoided whenever possible due to the potential for pharmacodynamic interaction.

DRUG INTERACTIONS

Drug Interactions Potential Effects of Coadministration of Drugs Highly Bound to Plasma Proteins Because sertraline is tightly bound to plasma protein, the administration of sertraline hydrochloride to a patient taking another drug which is tightly bound to protein (e.g., warfarin, digitoxin) may cause a shift in plasma concentrations potentially resulting in an adverse effect.

Conversely, adverse effects may result from displacement of protein bound sertraline hydrochloride by other tightly bound drugs.

In a study comparing prothrombin time AUC (0-120 hr) following dosing with warfarin (0.75 mg/kg) before and after 21 days of dosing with either sertraline hydrochloride (50 to 200 mg/day) or placebo, there was a mean increase in prothrombin time of 8% relative to baseline for sertraline hydrochloride compared to a 1% decrease for placebo (p<0.02).

The normalization of prothrombin time for the sertraline hydrochloride group was delayed compared to the placebo group.

The clinical significance of this change is unknown.

Accordingly, prothrombin time should be carefully monitored when sertraline therapy is initiated or stopped.

Cimetidine In a study assessing disposition of sertraline hydrochloride (100 mg) on the second of 8 days of cimetidine administration (800 mg daily), there were significant increases in sertraline hydrochloride mean AUC (50%), C max (24%) and half-life (26%) compared to the placebo group.

The clinical significance of these changes is unknown.

CNS Active Drugs In a study comparing the disposition of intravenously administered diazepam before and after 21 days of dosing with either sertraline hydrochloride (50 to 200 mg/day escalating dose) or placebo, there was a 32% decrease relative to baseline in diazepam clearance for the sertraline hydrochloride group compared to a 19% decrease relative to baseline for the placebo group (p<0.03).

There was a 23% increase in T max for desmethyldiazepam in the sertraline hydrochloride group compared to a 20% decrease in the placebo group (p<0.03).

The clinical significance of these changes is unknown.

In a placebo-controlled trial in normal volunteers, the administration of two doses of sertraline hydrochloride did not significantly alter steady-state lithium levels or the renal clearance of lithium.

Nonetheless, at this time, it is recommended that plasma lithium levels be monitored following initiation of sertraline hydrochloride therapy with appropriate adjustments to the lithium dose.

In a controlled study of a single dose (2 mg) of pimozide, 200 mg sertraline (q.d.) co-administration to steady state was associated with a mean increase in pimozide AUC and C max of about 40%, but was not associated with any changes in EKG.

Since the highest recommended pimozide dose (10 mg) has not been evaluated in combination with sertraline, the effect on QT interval and PK parameters at doses higher than 2 mg at this time are not known.

While the mechanism of this interaction is unknown, due to the narrow therapeutic index of pimozide and due to the interaction noted at a low dose of pimozide, concomitant administration of sertraline hydrochloride and pimozide should be contraindicated (see CONTRAINDICATIONS ).

Results of a placebo-controlled trial in normal volunteers suggest that chronic administration of sertraline 200 mg/day does not produce clinically important inhibition of phenytoin metabolism.

Nonethless, at this time, it is recommended that plasma phenytoin concentrations be monitored following initiation of Sertraline Hydrochloride therapy with appropriate adjustments to the phenytoin dose, practiculary in patients with multiple underlying medical conditions and/or those receiving multiple concomitant medications.

The effect of Sertraline Hydrochloride on valproate levels has not been evaluated in clinical trials.

In the absence of such data, it is recommended that plasma valproate levels be monitored following initiation of sertraline hydrochloride therapy with appropriate adjustments to the valproate dose.

The risk of using sertraline hydrochloride in combination with other CNS active drugs has not been systematically evaluated.

Consequently, caution is advised if the concomitant administration of sertraline hydrochloride and such drugs is required.

There is limited controlled experience regarding the optimal timing of switching from other drugs effective in the treatment of major depressive disorder to sertraline hydrochloride.

Care and prudent medical judgment should be exercised when switching, particularly from long-acting agents.

The duration of an appropriate washout period which should intervene before switching from one selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) to another has not been established.

Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors See CONTRAINDICATIONS and WARNINGS .

Drugs Metabolized by P450 3A4 In three separate in vivo interaction studies, sertraline was co-administered with cytochrome P450 3A4 substrates, terfenadine, carbamazepine, or cisapride under steady-state conditions.

The results of these studies indicated that sertraline did not increase plasma concentrations of terfenadine, carbamazepine, or cisapride.

These data indicate that sertraline’s extent of inhibition of P450 3A4 activity is not likely to be of clinical significance.

Results of the interaction study with cisapride indicate that sertraline 200 mg (q.d.) induces the metabolism of cisapride (cisapride AUC and C max were reduced by about 35%).

Drugs Metabolized by P450 2D6 Many drugs effective in the treatment of major depressive disorder, e.g., the SSRIs, including sertraline, and most tricyclic antidepressant drugs effective in the treatment of major depressive disorder inhibit the biochemical activity of the drug metabolizing isozyme cytochrome P450 2D6 (debrisoquin hydroxylase), and, thus, may increase the plasma concentrations of co-administered drugs that are metabolized by P450 2D6.

The drugs for which this potential interaction is of greatest concern are those metabolized primarily by 2D6 and which have a narrow therapeutic index, e.g., the tricyclic antidepressant drugs effective in the treatment of major depressive disorder and the Type 1C antiarrhythmics propafenone and flecainide.

The extent to which this interaction is an important clinical problem depends on the extent of the inhibition of P450 2D6 by the antidepressant and the therapeutic index of the co-administered drug.

There is variability among the drugs effective in the treatment of major depressive disorder in the extent of clinically important 2D6 inhibition, and in fact sertraline at lower doses has a less prominent inhibitory effect on 2D6 than some others in the class.

Nevertheless, even sertraline has the potential for clinically important 2D6 inhibition.

Consequently, concomitant use of a drug metabolized by P450 2D6 with sertraline hydrochloride may require lower doses than usually prescribed for the other drug.

Furthermore, whenever sertraline hydrochloride is withdrawn from co-therapy, an increased dose of the co-administered drug may be required (see Tricyclic Antidepressant Drugs Effective in the Treatment of Major Depressive Disorder under PRECAUTIONS ).

Serotonergic Drugs Based on the mechanism of action of SNRIs and SSRIs, including sertraline hydrochloride, and the potential for serotonin syndrome, caution is advised when SNRIs and SSRIs, including sertraline hydrochloride, are coadministered with other drugs that may affect the serotonergic neutrotransmitter systems, such as triptans, linezolid (an antibiotic which is a reversible non-selective MAOI), lithium, tramadol, or St.

John’s Wort (see WARNINGS-Serotonin Syndrome ).

The concomitant use of sertraline hydrochloride with other SSRIs, SNRIs or tryptophan is not recommended (see PRECAUTIONS – Drug Interactions ).

Triptans There have been rare post-marketing reports of serotonin syndrome with use of an SNRI or an SSRI and a triptan.

If concomitant treatment of SNRIs and SSRIs, including sertraline hydrochloride, with a triptan is clinically warranted, careful observation of the patient is advised, particularly during treatment initiation and dose increases (see WARNINGS – Serotonin Syndrome ).

Sumatriptan There have been rare post marketing reports describing patients with weakness, hyperreflexia, and incoordination following the use of a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) and sumatriptan.

If concomitant treatment with sumatriptan and an SSRI (e.g., citalopram, fluoxetine, fluvoxamine, paroxetine, sertraline) is clinically warranted, appropriate observation of the patient is advised.

Tricyclic Antidepressant Drugs Effective in the Treatment of Major Depressive Disorder (TCAs) The extent to which SSRI–TCA interactions may pose clinical problems will depend on the degree of inhibition and the pharmacokinetics of the SSRI involved.

Nevertheless, caution is indicated in the co-administration of TCAs with sertraline hydrochloride, because sertraline may inhibit TCA metabolism.

Plasma TCA concentrations may need to be monitored, and the dose of TCA may need to be reduced, if a TCA is co-administered with sertraline (see Drugs Metabolized by P450 2D6 under PRECAUTIONS ).

Hypoglycemic Drugs In a placebo-controlled trial in normal volunteers; administration of sertraline hydrochloride for 22 days (including 200 mg/day for the final 13 days) caused a statistically significant 16% decrease from baseline in the clearance of tolbutamide following an intravenous 1000 mg dose.

Sertraline hydrochloride administration did not noticeably change either the plasma protein binding or the apparent volume of distribution of tolbutamide, suggesting that the decreased clearance was due to a change in the metabolism of the drug.

The clinical significance of this decrease in tolbutamide clearance is unknown.

Atenolol Sertraline hydrochloride (100 mg) when administered to 10 healthy male subjects had no effect on the beta-adrenergic blocking ability of atenolol.

Digoxin In a placebo-controlled trial in normal volunteers, administration of sertraline hydrochloride for 17 days (including 200 mg/day for the last 10 days) did not change serum digoxin levels or digoxin renal clearance.

Microsomal Enzyme Induction Preclinical studies have shown sertraline hydrochloride to induce hepatic microsomal enzymes.

In clinical studies, sertraline hydrochloride was shown to induce hepatic enzymes minimally as determined by a small (5%) but statistically significant decrease in antipyrine half-life following administration of 200 mg/day for 21 days.

This small change in antipyrine half-life reflects a clinically insignificant change in hepatic metabolism.

Drugs That Interfere With Hemostasis (Non-selective NSAIDs, Aspirin, Warfarin, etc.) Serotonin release by platelets plays an important role in hemostasis.

Epidemiological studies of the case-control and cohort design that have demonstrated an association between the use of psychotropic drugs that interfere with serotonin reuptake and the occurrence of upper gastrointestinal bleeding have also shown that concurrent use of an NSAID, or aspirin potentiated the risk of bleeding.

These studies have also shown that concurrent use of an NSAID or aspirin may potentiate this risk of bleeding.

Altered anticoagulant effects, including increased bleeding, have been reported when SSRIs or SNRIs are coadministered with warfarin.

Patients receiving warfarin therapy should be carefully monitored when sertraline hydrochloride is initiated or discontinued.

Electroconvulsive Therapy There are no clinical studies establishing the risks or benefits of the combined use of electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) and sertraline hydrochloride.

Alcohol Although sertraline hydrochloride did not potentiate the cognitive and psychomotor effects of alcohol in experiments with normal subjects, the concomitant use of sertraline hydrochloride and alcohol is not recommended.

OVERDOSAGE

Human Experience Of 1,027 cases of overdose involving sertraline hydrochloride worldwide, alone or with other drugs, there were 72 deaths (circa 1999).

Among 634 overdoses in which sertraline hydrochloride was the only drug ingested, 8 resulted in fatal outcome, 75 completely recovered, and 27 patients experienced sequelae after overdosage to include alopecia, decreased libido, diarrhea, ejaculation disorder, fatigue, insomnia, somnolence and serotonin syndrome.

The remaining 524 cases had an unknown outcome.

The most common signs and symptoms associated with non-fatal sertraline hydrochloride overdosage were somnolence, vomiting, tachycardia, nausea, dizziness, agitation and tremor.

The largest known ingestion was 13.5 grams in a patient who took sertraline hydrochloride alone and subsequently recovered.

However, another patient who took 2.5 grams of sertraline hydrochloride alone experienced a fatal outcome.

Other important adverse events reported with sertraline hydrochloride overdose (single or multiple drugs) include bradycardia, bundle branch block, coma, convulsions, delirium, hallucinations, hypertension, hypotension, manic reaction, pancreatitis, QT-interval prolongation, serotonin syndrome, stupor and syncope.

Overdose Management Treatment should consist of those general measures employed in the management of overdosage with any antidepressant.

Ensure an adequate airway, oxygenation and ventilation.

Monitor cardiac rhythm and vital signs.

General supportive and symptomatic measures are also recommended.

Induction of emesis is not recommended.

Gastric lavage with a large-bore orogastric tube with appropriate airway protection, if needed, may be indicated if performed soon after ingestion, or in symptomatic patients.

Activated charcoal should be administered.

Due to large volume of distribution of this drug, forced diuresis, dialysis, hemoperfusion and exchange transfusion are unlikely to be of benefit.

No specific antidotes for sertraline are known.

In managing overdosage, consider the possibility of multiple drug involvement.

The physician should consider contacting a poison control center on the treatment of any overdose.

Telephone numbers for certified poison control centers are listed in the Physicians’ Desk Reference (PDR).

DESCRIPTION

Sertraline hydrochloride is a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) for oral administration.

It has a molecular weight of 342.7.

Sertraline hydrochloride has the following chemical name: (1S-cis)-4-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-N-methyl-1-naphthalenamine hydrochloride.

The empirical formula C 17 H 17 NC l2 ∙HCl is represented by the following structural formula: Sertraline hydrochloride is a white crystalline powder that is slightly soluble in water and isopropyl alcohol, and sparingly soluble in ethanol.

Sertraline is supplied for oral administration as scored tablets containing sertraline hydrochloride equivalent to 25, 50 and 100 mg of sertraline and the following inactive ingredients: D & C Yellow #10 aluminum lake (in 25 mg tablet), FD & C Blue #2 aluminum lake (in 25 mg & 50 mg tablets), magnesium stearate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyethylene glycolS, polyvinyl alcohol, povidone K30, sodium starch glycolate, talc, titanium dioxide & yellow iron oxide.

Chemical Structure

CLINICAL STUDIES

Clinical Trials Major Depressive Disorder The efficacy of sertraline as a treatment for major depressive disorder was established in two placebo-controlled studies in adult outpatients meeting DSM-III criteria for major depressive disorder.

Study 1 was an 8-week study with flexible dosing of sertraline in a range of 50 to 200 mg/day; the mean dose for completers was 145 mg/day.

Study 2 was a 6-week fixed-dose study, including sertraline doses of 50, 100, and 200 mg/day.

Overall, these studies demonstrated sertraline hydrochloride to be superior to placebo on the Hamilton Depression Rating Scale and the Clinical Global Impression Severity and Improvement scales.

Study 2 was not readily interpretable regarding a dose response relationship for effectiveness.

Study 3 involved depressed outpatients who had responded by the end of an initial 8-week open treatment phase on sertraline 50-200 mg/day.

These patients (N=295) were randomized to continuation for 44 weeks on double-blind sertraline hydrochloride 50-200 mg/day or placebo.

A statistically significantly lower relapse rate was observed for patients taking sertraline hydrochloride compared to those on placebo.

The mean dose for completers was 70 mg/day.

Analyses for gender effects on outcome did not suggest any differential responsiveness on the basis of sex.

Premenstrual Dysphoric Disorder (PMDD) The effectiveness of sertraline for the treatment of PMDD was established in two double-blind, parallel group, placebo-controlled flexible dose trials (Studies 1 and 2) conducted over 3 menstrual cycles.

Patients in Study 1 met DSM-III-R criteria for Late Luteal Phase Dysphoric Disorder (LLPDD), the clinical entity now referred to as Premenstrual Dysphoric Disorder (PMDD) in DSM-IV.

Patients in Study 2 met DSM-IV criteria for PMDD.

Study 1 utilized daily dosing throughout the study, while Study 2 utilized luteal phase dosing for the 2 weeks prior to the onset of menses.

The mean duration of PMDD symptoms for these patients was approximately 10.5 years in both studies.

Patients on oral contraceptives were excluded from these trials; therefore, the efficacy of sertraline in combination with oral contraceptives for the treatment of PMDD is unknown.

Efficacy was assessed with the Daily Record of Severity of Problems (DRSP), a patient-rated instrument that mirrors the diagnostic criteria for PMDD as identified in the DSM-IV, and includes assessments for mood, physical symptoms, and other symptoms.

Other efficacy assessments included the Hamilton Depression Rating Scale (HAMD-17), and the Clinical Global Impression Severity of Illness (CGI-S) and Improvement (CGI-I) scores.

In Study 1, involving n=251 randomized patients, sertraline hydrochloride treatment was initiated at 50 mg/day and administered daily throughout the menstrual cycle.

In subsequent cycles, patients were dosed in the range of 50-150 mg/day on the basis of clinical response and toleration.

The mean dose for completers was 102 mg/day.

Sertraline hydrochloride administered daily throughout the menstrual cycle was significantly more effective than placebo on change from baseline to endpoint on the DRSP total score, the HAMD-17 total score, and the CGI-S score, as well as the CGI-I score at endpoint.

In Study 2, involving n=281 randomized patients, sertraline hydrochloride treatment was initiated at 50 mg/day in the late luteal phase (last 2 weeks) of each menstrual cycle and then discontinued at the onset of menses.

In subsequent cycles, patients were dosed in the range of 50-100 mg/day in the luteal phase of each cycle, on the basis of clinical response and toleration.

Patients who were titrated to 100 mg/day received 50 mg/day for the first 3 days of the cycle, then 100 mg/day for the remainder of the cycle.

The mean sertraline hydrochloride dose for completers was 74 mg/day.

Sertraline hydrochloride administered in the late luteal phase of the menstrual cycle was significantly more effective than placebo on change from baseline to endpoint on the DRSP total score and the CGI-S score, as well as the CGI-I score at endpoint.

There was insufficient information to determine the effect of race or age on outcome in these studies.

HOW SUPPLIED

Sertraline hydrochloride modified oval biconvex tablets, containing sertraline hydrochloride equivalent to 25, 50 and 100 mg of sertraline, are packaged in bottles.

Sertraline hydrochloride 25 mg Tablets: Light Green film coated, Modified oval biconvex tablets debossed with 5 on the left side of bisect and 8 on the right side of bisect on one side and “W” on other.

NDC 51138-585-30 Bottles of 30 Sertraline hydrochloride 50 mg Tablets: Light Blue film coated, Modified oval biconvex tablets debossed with 5 on the left side of bisect and 7 on the right side of bisect on one side and “W” on other.

NDC 51138-586-30 Bottles of 30 Sertraline hydrochloride 100 mg Tablets: Light Yellow film coated, Modified oval biconvex tablets debossed with 5 on the left side of bisect and 6 on the right side of bisect on one side and “W” on other.

NDC 51138-587-30 Bottles of 30 New Tablet ID Store at 20ºC to 25ºC (68ºF to 77ºF) [See USP Controlled Room Temperature].

Dispense in a tight, light-resistant container as defined in the USP using a child-resistant closure.

GERIATRIC USE

Geriatric Use U.S.

geriatric clinical studies of sertraline hydrochloride in major depressive disorder included 663 sertraline hydrochloride-treated subjects ≥ 65 years of age, of those, 180 were ≥ 75 years of age.

No overall differences in the pattern of adverse reactions were observed in the geriatric clinical trial subjects relative to those reported in younger subjects (see ADVERSE REACTIONS ), and other reported experience has not identified differences in safety patterns between the elderly and younger subjects.

As with all medications, greater sensitivity of some older individuals cannot be ruled out.

There were 947 subjects in placebo-controlled geriatric clinical studies of sertraline hydrochloride in major depressive disorder.

No overall differences in the pattern of efficacy were observed in the geriatric clinical trial subjects relative to those reported in younger subjects.

Other Adverse Events in Geriatric Patients In 354 geriatric subjects treated with sertraline hydrochloride in placebo-controlled trials, the overall profile of adverse events was generally similar to that shown in Table 2.

Urinary tract infection was the only adverse event not appearing in Table 2.

SSRIs and SNRIs, including sertraline hydrochloride, have been associated with cases of clinically significant hyponatremia in elderly patients, who may be at greater risk for this adverse event (see PRECAUTIONS, Hyponatremia ).

Diabetes/Loss of Glycemic Control Cases of new onset diabetes mellitus have been reported in patients receiving SSRIs including sertraline hydrochloride.

Loss of glycemic control including both hyperglycemia and hypoglycemia has also been reported in patients with and without preexisting diabetes.

Patients should therefore be monitored for signs and symptoms of glucose fluctuations.

Diabetic patients especially should have their glycemic control carefully monitored since their dosage of insulin and/or concomitant oral hypoglycemic drug may need to be adjusted.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

Major Depressive Disorder Sertraline is indicated for the treatment of major depressive disorder in adults.

The efficacy of sertraline hydrochloride in the treatment of a major depressive episode was established in six to eight week controlled trials of adult outpatients whose diagnoses corresponded most closely to the DSM-III category of major depressive disorder (see Clinical Trials under CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY ).

A major depressive episode implies a prominent and relatively persistent depressed or dysphoric mood that usually interferes with daily functioning (nearly every day for at least 2 weeks); it should include at least 4 of the following 8 symptoms: change in appetite, change in sleep, psychomotor agitation or retardation, loss of interest in usual activities or decrease in sexual drive, increased fatigue, feelings of guilt or worthlessness, slowed thinking or impaired concentration, and a suicide attempt or suicidal ideation.

The antidepressant action of sertraline hydrochloride in hospitalized depressed patients has not been adequately studied.

The efficacy of sertraline hydrochloride in maintaining an antidepressant response for up to 44 weeks following 8 weeks of open-label acute treatment (52 weeks total) was demonstrated in a placebo-controlled trial.

The usefulness of the drug in patients receiving sertraline hydrochloride for extended periods should be reevaluated periodically (see Clinical Trials under CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY ).

Premenstrual Dysphoric Disorder (PMDD) Sertraline hydrochloride is indicated for the treatment of premenstrual dysphoric disorder (PMDD) in adults.

The efficacy of sertraline hydrochloride in the treatment of PMDD was established in 2 placebo-controlled trials of female adult outpatients treated for 3 menstrual cycles who met criteria for the DSM-III­-R/IV category of PMDD (see Clinical Trials under CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY ).

The essential features of PMDD include markedly depressed mood, anxiety or tension, affective lability, and persistent anger or irritability.

Other features include decreased interest in activities, difficulty concentrating, lack of energy, change in appetite or sleep, and feeling out of control.

Physical symptoms associated with PMDD include breast tenderness, headache, joint and muscle pain, bloating and weight gain.

These symptoms occur regularly during the luteal phase and remit within a few days following onset of menses; the disturbance markedly interferes with work or school or with usual social activities and relationships with others.

In making the diagnosis, care should be taken to rule out other cyclical mood disorders that may be exacerbated by treatment with an antidepressant.

The effectiveness of sertraline hydrochloride in long-term use, that is, for more than 3 menstrual cycles, has not been systematically evaluated in controlled trials.

Therefore, the physician who elects to use sertraline hydrochloride for extended periods should periodically re-evaluate the long-term usefulness of the drug for the individual patient (see DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION ).

PEDIATRIC USE

Pediatric Use Safety and effectiveness in pediatric patients with major depressive disorder have not been established (see BOX WARNING and WARNINGS , Clinical Worsening and Suicide Risk ).

Two placebo controlled trials (n=373) in pediatric patients with MDD have been conducted with sertraline hydrochloride, and the data were not sufficient to support a claim for use in pediatric patients.

Anyone considering the use of sertraline hydrochloride tablets in a child or adolescent must balance the potential risks with the clinical need.

Sertraline pharmacokinetics were evaluated in a group of 61 pediatric patients between 6 and 17 years of age and revealed similar drug exposures to those of adults when plasma concentration was adjusted for weight (see Pharmacokinetics under CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY ).

Approximately 600 pediatric patients between 6 and 17 years of age have received sertraline in clinical trials, both controlled and uncontrolled.

The adverse event profile observed in these patients was generally similar to that observed in adult studies with sertraline hydrochloride (see ADVERSE REACTIONS ).

As with other SSRIs, decreased appetite and weight loss have been observed in association with the use of sertraline hydrochloride.

In a pooled analysis of two 10­-week, double-blind, placebo-controlled, flexible dose (50-200 mg) outpatient trials for major depressive disorder (n=373), there was a difference in weight change between sertraline and placebo of roughly 1 kilogram, for both children (ages 6-11) and adolescents (ages 12-17), in both cases representing a slight weight loss for sertraline compared to a slight gain for placebo.

At baseline the mean weight for children was 39.0 kg for sertraline and 38.5 kg for placebo.

At baseline the mean weight for adolescents was 61.4 kg for sertraline and 62.5 kg for placebo.

There was a bigger difference between sertraline and placebo in the proportion of outliers for clinically important weight loss in children than in adolescents.

For children, about 7% had a weight loss > 7% of body weight compared to none of the placebo patients; for adolescents, about 2% had a weight loss > 7% of body weight compared to about 1% of the placebo patients.

A subset of these patients who completed the randomized controlled trials (sertraline n=99, placebo n=122) were continued into a 24-week, flexible-dose, open-label, extension study.

A mean weight loss of approximately 0.5 kg was seen during the first eight weeks of treatment for subjects with first exposure to sertraline during the open-label extension study, similar to the mean weight loss observed among sertraline treated subjects during the first eight weeks of the randomized controlled trials.

The subjects continuing in the open label study began gaining weight compared to baseline by week 12 of sertraline treatment.

Those subjects who completed 34 weeks of sertraline treatment (10 weeks in a placebo controlled trial + 24 weeks open label, n=68), had weight gain that was similar to that expected using data from age-adjusted peers.

Regular monitoring of weight and growth is recommended if treatment of a pediatric patient with an SSRI is to be continued long term.

Safety and effectiveness in pediatric patients with major depressive disorder have not been established.

The risks, if any, that may be associated with sertraline hydrochloride’s use beyond 1 year in children and adolescents have not been systematically assessed.

The prescriber should be mindful that the evidence relied upon to conclude that sertraline is safe for use in children and adolescents derives from clinical studies that were 10 to 52 weeks in duration and from the extrapolation of experience gained with adult patients.

In particular, there are no studies that directly evaluate the effects of long-term sertraline use on the growth, development, and maturation of children and adolescents.

Although there is no affirmative finding to suggest that sertraline possesses a capacity to adversely affect growth, development or maturation, the absence of such findings is not compelling evidence of the absence of the potential of sertraline to have adverse effects in chronic use (see WARNINGS – Clinical Worsening and Suicide Risk ).

PREGNANCY

Pregnancy–Pregnancy Category C Reproduction studies have been performed in rats and rabbits at doses up to 80 mg/kg/day and 40 mg/kg/day, respectively.

These doses correspond to approximately 4 times the maximum recommended human dose (MRHD) on a mg/m 2 basis.

There was no evidence of teratogenicity at any dose level.

When pregnant rats and rabbits were given sertraline during the period of organogenesis, delayed ossification was observed in fetuses at doses of 10 mg/kg (0.5 times the MRHD on a mg/m 2 basis) in rats and 40 mg/kg (4 times the MRHD on a mg/m 2 basis) in rabbits.

When female rats received sertraline during the last third of gestation and throughout lactation, there was an increase in the number of stillborn pups and in the number of pups dying during the first 4 days after birth.

Pup body weights were also decreased during the first four days after birth.

These effects occurred at a dose of 20 mg/kg (1 times the MRHD on a mg/m 2 basis).

The no effect dose for rat pup mortality was 10 mg/kg (0.5 times the MRHD on a mg/m 2 basis).

The decrease in pup survival was shown to be due to in utero exposure to sertraline.

The clinical significance of these effects is unknown.

There are no adequate and well-controlled studies in pregnant women.

Sertraline hydrochloride should be used during pregnancy only if the potential benefit justifies the potential risk to the fetus.

NUSRING MOTHERS

Nursing Mothers It is not known whether, and if so in what amount, sertraline or its metabolites are excreted in human milk.

Because many drugs are excreted in human milk, caution should be exercised when sertraline hydrochloride is administered to a nursing woman.

BOXED WARNING

Suicidality and Antidepressant Drugs Antidepressants increased the risk compared to placebo of suicidal thinking and behavior (suicidality) in children, adolescents, and young adults in short-term studies of major depressive disorder (MDD) and other psychiatric disorders.

Anyone considering the use of sertraline hydrochloride or any other antidepressant in a child, adolescent, or young adult must balance this risk with the clinical need.

Short-term studies did not show an increase in the risk of suicidality with antidepressants compared to placebo in adults beyond age 24; there was a reduction in risk with antidepressants compared to placebo in adults aged 65 and older.

Depression and certain other psychiatric disorders are themselves associated with increases in the risk of suicide.

Patients of all ages who are started on antidepressant therapy should be monitored appropriately and observed closely for clinical worsening, suicidality, or unusual changes in behavior.

Families and caregivers should be advised of the need for close observation and communication with the prescriber.

Sertraline hydrochloride is not approved for use in pediatric patients except for patients with obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD).

(See Warnings: Clinical Worsening and Suicide Risk , Precautions: Information for Patients , and Precautions: Pediatric Use )

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

Information for Patients Prescribers or other health professionals should inform patients, their families, and their caregivers about the benefits and risks associated with treatment with sertraline hydrochloride and should counsel them in its appropriate use.

A patient Medication Guide about ‘Antidepressant Medicines, Depression and other Serious Mental Illness, and Suicidal Thoughts or Actions’ is available for sertraline hydrochloride.

The prescriber or health professional should instruct patients, their families, and their caregivers to read the Medication Guide and should assist them in understanding its contents.

Patients should be given the opportunity to discuss the contents of the Medication Guide and to obtain answers to any questions they may have.

The complete text of the Medication Guide is reprinted at the end of this document.

Patients should be advised of the following issues and asked to alert their prescriber if these occur while taking sertraline hydrochloride.

Clinical Worsening and Suicide Risk Patients, their families, and their caregivers should be encouraged to be alert to the emergence of anxiety, agitation, panic attacks, insomnia, irritability, hostility, aggressiveness, impulsivity, akathisia (psychomotor restlessness), hypomania, mania, other unusual changes in behavior, worsening of depression, and suicidal ideation, especially early during antidepressant treatment and when the dose is adjusted up or down.

Families and caregivers of patients should be advised to look for the emergence of such symptoms on a day-to-day basis, since changes may be abrupt.

Such symptoms should be reported to the patient’s prescriber or health professional, especially if they are severe, abrupt in onset, or were not part of the patient’s presenting symptoms.

Symptoms such as these may be associated with an increased risk for suicidal thinking and behavior and indicate a need for very close monitoring and possibly changes in the medication.

Patients should be cautioned about the risk of serotonin syndrome with the concomitant use of SNRIs and SSRIs, including sertraline hydrochloride, and triptans, tramadol, or other serotonergic agents.

Patients should be told that although sertraline hydrochloride has not been shown to impair the ability of normal subjects to perform tasks requiring complex motor and mental skills in laboratory experiments, drugs that act upon the central nervous system may affect some individuals adversely.

Therefore, patients should be told that until they learn how they respond to sertraline hydrochloride they should be careful doing activities when they need to be alert, such as driving a car or operating machinery.

Patients should be cautioned about the concomitant use of sertraline hydrochloride and non-selective NSAIDs (i.e., NSAIDs that inhibit both cycloxygenase isoenzymes COX1 and 2), aspirin, or other drugs that affect coagulation since the combined use of psychotropic drugs that interfere with serotonin reuptake and these agents has been associated with an increased risk of bleeding.

Patients should be told that although sertraline hydrochloride has not been shown in experiments with normal subjects to increase the mental and motor skill impairments caused by alcohol, the concomitant use of sertraline hydrochloride and alcohol is not advised.

Patients should be told that while no adverse interaction of sertraline hydrochloride with over-the-counter (OTC) drug products is known to occur, the potential for interaction exists.

Thus, the use of any OTC product should be initiated cautiously according to the directions of use given for the OTC product.

Patients should be advised to notify their physician if they become pregnant or intend to become pregnant during therapy.

Patients should be advised to notify their physician if they are breast feeding an infant.

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

Initial Treatment Dosage for Adults Major Depressive Disorder Sertraline hydrochloride treatment should be administered at a dose of 50 mg once daily.

While a relationship between dose and effect has not been established for major depressive disorder, patients were dosed in a range of 50-200 mg/day in the clinical trials demonstrating the effectiveness of sertraline hydrochloride for the treatment of this indication.

Consequently, a dose of 50 mg, administered once daily, is recommended as the initial therapeutic dose.

Patients not responding to a 50 mg dose may benefit from dose increases up to a maximum of 200 mg/day.

Given the 24 hour elimination half-life of sertraline hydrochloride, dose changes should not occur at intervals of less than 1 week.

Premenstrual Dysphoric Disorder Sertraline hydrochloride treatment should be initiated with a dose of 50 mg/day, either daily throughout the menstrual cycle or limited to the luteal phase of the menstrual cycle, depending on physician assessment.

While a relationship between dose and effect has not been established for PMDD, patients were dosed in the range of 50-150 mg/day with dose increases at the onset of each new menstrual cycle (see Clinical Trials under CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY ).

Patients not responding to a 50 mg/day dose may benefit from dose increases (at 50 mg increments/menstrual cycle) up to 150 mg/day when dosing daily throughout the menstrual cycle, or 100 mg/day when dosing during the luteal phase of the menstrual cycle.

If a 100 mg/day dose has been established with luteal phase dosing, a 50 mg/day titration step for three days should be utilized at the beginning of each luteal phase dosing period.

Sertraline hydrochloride should be administered once daily, either in the morning or evening.

Maintenance/Continuation/Extended Treatment Major Depressive Disorder It is generally agreed that acute episodes of major depressive disorder require several months or longer of sustained pharmacologic therapy beyond response to the acute episode.

Systematic evaluation of sertraline hydrochloride has demonstrated that its antidepressant efficacy is maintained for periods of up to 44 weeks following 8 weeks of initial treatment at a dose of 50-200 mg/day (mean dose of 70 mg/day) (see Clinical Trials under CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY ).

It is not known whether the dose of sertraline hydrochloride needed for maintenance treatment is identical to the dose needed to achieve an initial response.

Patients should be periodically reassessed to determine the need for maintenance treatment.

Premenstrual Dysphoric Disorder The effectiveness of sertraline hydrochloride in long-term use, that is, for more than 3 menstrual cycles, has not been systematically evaluated in controlled trials.

However, as women commonly report that symptoms worsen with age until relieved by the onset of menopause, it is reasonable to consider continuation of a responding patient.

Dosage adjustments, which may include changes between dosage regimens (e.g., daily throughout the menstrual cycle versus during the luteal phase of the menstrual cycle), may be needed to maintain the patient on the lowest effective dosage and patients should be periodically reassessed to determine the need for continued treatment.

Switching Patients to or from a Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitor At least 14 days should elapse between discontinuation of an MAOI and initiation of therapy with sertraline hydrochloride.

In addition, at least 14 days should be allowed after stopping sertraline hydrochloride before starting an MAOI (see CONTRAINDICATIONS and WARNINGS ).

Special Populations Dosage for Hepatically Impaired Patients The use of sertraline in patients with liver disease should be approached with caution.

The effects of sertraline in patients with moderate and severe hepatic impairment have not been studied.

If sertraline is administered to patients with liver impairment, a lower or less frequent dose should be used (see CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY and PRECAUTIONS ).

Treatment of Pregnant Women During the Third Trimester Neonates exposed to sertraline hydrochloride and other SSRIs or SNRIs, late in the third trimester have developed complications requiring prolonged hospitalization, respiratory support, and tube feeding (see PRECAUTIONS ).

When treating pregnant women with sertraline hydrochloride during the third trimester, the physician should carefully consider the potential risks and benefits of treatment.

The physician may consider tapering sertraline hydrochloride in the third trimester.

Discontinuation of Treatment with Sertraline Symptoms associated with discontinuation of sertraline hydrochloride and other SSRIs and SNRIs, have been reported (see PRECAUTIONS ).

Patients should be monitored for these symptoms when discontinuing treatment.

A gradual reduction in the dose rather than abrupt cessation is recommended whenever possible.

If intolerable symptoms occur following a decrease in the dose or upon discontinuation of treatment, then resuming the previously prescribed dose may be considered.

Subsequently, the physician may continue decreasing the dose but at a more gradual rate.

methadone 10 MG/ML Injectable Solution

Generic Name: METHADONE HYDROCHLORIDE
Brand Name: Methadone Hydrochloride
  • Substance Name(s):
  • METHADONE HYDROCHLORIDE

WARNINGS

Addiction, Abuse and Misuse Methadone Hydrochloride Injection contains methadone, a Schedule II controlled substance.

As an opioid, Methadone Hydrochloride Injection exposes users to the risks of addiction, abuse, and misuse.

Although the risk of addiction in any individual is unknown, it can occur in patients appropriately prescribed Methadone Hydrochloride Injection.

Addiction can occur at recommended doses and if the drug is misused or abused.

Assess each patient’s risk for opioid addiction, abuse, or misuse prior to prescribing Methadone Hydrochloride Injection, and monitor all patients receiving Methadone Hydrochloride Injection for the development of these behaviors and conditions.

Risks are increased in patients with a personal or family history of substance abuse (including drug or alcohol addiction or abuse) or mental illness (e.g., major depression).

The potential for these risks should not, however, prevent the prescribing of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection for the proper management of pain in any given patient.

Patients at increased risk may be prescribed opioids such as Methadone Hydrochloride Injection, but use in such patients necessitates intensive counseling about the risks and proper use of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection along with the intensive monitoring for signs of addiction, abuse, and misuse.

Opioids are sought by drug abusers and people with addiction disorders and are subject to criminal diversion.

Consider these risks when prescribing or dispensing Methadone Hydrochloride Injection.

Strategies to reduce these risks include prescribing the drug in the smallest appropriate quantity and advising the patient on the proper disposal of unused drug.

Contact local state professional licensing board or state controlled substances authority for information on how to prevent and detect abuse or diversion of this product.

Life-Threatening Respiratory Depression Serious, life-threatening, or fatal respiratory depression has been reported with the use of opioids, even when used as recommended.

Respiratory depression, if not immediately recognized and treated, may lead to respiratory depression and death.

Management of respiratory depression may include close observation, supportive measures, and use of opioid antagonists, depending on the patient’s clinical status.

Carbon dioxide (CO 2 ) retention from opioid-induced respiratory depression can exacerbate the sedating effects of opioids.

While serious, life-threatening, or fatal respiratory depression can occur at any time during the use of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection, the risk is greatest during the initiation of therapy or following a dosage increase.

Monitor patients closely for respiratory depression, especially within the first 24 to 72 hours of initiating therapy with and following dosage increases of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection.

To reduce the risk of respiratory depression, proper dosing and titration of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection are essential.

Overestimating the Methadone Hydrochloride Injection dosage when converting patients from another opioid product can result in a fatal overdose with the first dose.

Methadone Hydrochloride Injection should be administered with extreme caution to patients with conditions accompanied by hypoxia, hypercapnia, or decreased respiratory reserve such as; asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or cor pulmonale, severe obesity, sleep apnea syndrome, myxedema, kyphoscoliosis, CNS depression or coma.

In these patients even usual therapeutic doses of methadone may decrease respiratory drive while simultaneously increasing airway resistance to the point of apnea.

Alternative non-opioid analgesics should be considered, and methadone should be employed only under careful medical supervision at the lowest effective dose.

Methadone’s peak respiratory depressant effects typically occur later, and persist longer than its peak analgesic effects, in the short-term use setting.

These characteristics can contribute to cases of iatrogenic overdose, particularly during treatment initiation and dose titration.

Opioids can cause sleep-related breathing disorders including central sleep apnea (CSA) and sleep-related hypoxemia.

Opioid use increases the risk of CSA in a dose-dependent fashion.

In patients who present with CSA, consider decreasing the opioid dosage using best practices for opioid taper [see Dosage and Administration ].

Life-Threatening QT Prolongation Cases of QT interval prolongation and serious arrhythmia (torsades de pointes) have been observed during treatment with methadone.

These cases appear to be more commonly associated with, but not limited to, higher dose treatment (> 200 mg/day).

Most cases involve patients being treated for pain with large, multiple daily doses of methadone, although cases have been reported in patients receiving doses commonly used for maintenance treatment of opioid addiction.

In most patients on the lower doses typically used for maintenance, concomitant medications and/or clinical conditions such as hypokalemia were noted as contributing factors.

However, the evidence strongly suggests that methadone possesses the potential for adverse cardiac conduction effects in some patients.

The effects of methadone on the QT interval have been confirmed in in vivo laboratory studies, and methadone has been shown to inhibit cardiac potassium channels in in vitro studies.

Closely monitor patients with risk factors for development of prolonged QT interval (e.g., cardiac hypertrophy, concomitant diuretic use, hypokalemia and hypomagnesemia), a history of cardiac conduction abnormalities, and those taking medications affecting cardiac conduction.

QT prolongation has also been reported in patients with no prior cardiac history who have received high doses of methadone.

Evaluate patients developing QT prolongation while on methadone treatment for the presence of modifiable risk factors, such as concomitant medications with cardiac effects, drugs that might cause electrolyte abnormalities, and drugs that might act as inhibitors of methadone metabolism.

Only initiate methadone hydrochloride tablets therapy for pain in patients for whom the anticipated benefit outweighs the risk of QT prolongation and development of dysrhythmias that have been reported with high doses of methadone.

The use of methadone in patients already known to have a prolonged QT interval has not been systematically studied.

Neonatal Opioid Withdrawal Syndrome Neonatal opioid withdrawal syndrome (NOWS) is an expected and treatable outcome of prolonged use of opioids during pregnancy, whether that use is medically-authorized or illicit.

Unlike opioid withdrawal syndrome in adults, NOWS may be life-threatening if not recognized and treated in the neonate.

Advise the patient of the risk of NOWS so that appropriate planning for management of the neonate can occur.

Healthcare professionals should observe newborns for signs of NOWS and manage accordingly (see PRECAUTIONS: Pregnancy ).

The balance between the risks of NOWS and the benefits of maternal Methadone Hydrochloride Injection use may differ based on the risks associated with the mother’s underlying condition, pain or addiction, and the risks of the alternative treatments.

• For management of pain, prescribers should discuss all available treatment options with females of reproductive potential, including non-opioid and non-pharmacologic options.

• Untreated opioid addiction often results in continued or relapsing illicit opioid use and is associated with poor pregnancy outcomes.

NOWS can result from in utero exposure to opioids regardless of the source.

Therefore, prescribers should discuss the importance and benefits of management of opioid addiction throughout pregnancy.

Risks of Concomitant Use of Cytochrome P450 3A4, 2B6, 2C19, 2C9, or 2D6 Inhibitors or Discontinuation P450 3A4, 2B6, 2C19, or 2C9 Inducers Concomitant use of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection with CYP3A4, CYP2B6, CYP2C19, CYP2C9, or CYP2D6 inhibitors, may increase plasma concentrations of methadone, prolong opioid adverse reactions, and may cause potentially fatal respiratory depression, particularly when an inhibitor is added after a stable dose of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection is achieved.

Similarly, discontinuation of concomitant CYP3A4, CYP2B6, CYP2C19, or CYP2C9 inducers in Methadone Hydrochloride Injection-treated patients may increase methadone plasma concentrations resulting in fatal respiratory depression.

Consider dosage reduction of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection when using concomitant CYP3A4, CYP2B6, CYP2C19, CYP2C9 or CYP2D6 inhibitors or discontinuing CYP3A4, CYP2B6, CYP2C19, or CYP2C9 inducers in methadone-treated patients, and follow patients closely at frequent intervals for signs and symptoms of respiratory depression and sedation.

Addition of CYP3A4, CYP2B6, CYP2C19, or CYP2C9 inducers or discontinuation of a CYP3A4, CYP2B6, CYP2C19, CYP2C9, or CYP2D6 inhibitors in patients treated with Methadone Hydrochloride Injection may decrease methadone plasma concentrations, reducing efficacy and may lead to opioid withdrawal symptoms in patients physically dependent on methadone.

When using Methadone Hydrochloride Injection with CYP3A4, CYP2B6, CYP2C19, or CYP2C9 inducers or discontinuing CYP3A4, CYP2B6, CYP2C19, CYP2C9, or CYP2D6 inhibitors, follow patients for signs or symptoms of opioid withdrawal and consider increasing the Methadone Hydrochloride Injection dosage as needed.

Risks from Concomitant Use with Benzodiazepines or Other CNS Depressants Profound sedation, respiratory depression, coma, and death may result from the concomitant use of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection with benzodiazepines or other CNS depressants (e.g., non-benzodiazepine sedatives/hypnotics, anxiolytics, tranquilizers, muscle relaxants, general anesthetics, antipsychotics, other opioids, alcohol).

Because of these risks, reserve concomitant prescribing of these drugs for use in patients for whom alternative treatment options are inadequate.

Observational studies have demonstrated that concomitant use of opioid analgesics and benzodiazepines increases the risk of drug-related mortality compared to use of opioid analgesics alone.

Because of similar pharmacological properties, it is reasonable to expect similar risk with the concomitant use of other CNS depressant drugs with opioid analgesics (see PRECAUTIONS: Drug Interactions ).

If the decision is made to prescribe a benzodiazepine or other CNS depressant concomitantly with an opioid analgesic, prescribe the lowest effective dosages and minimum durations of concomitant use.

In patients already receiving an opioid analgesic, prescribe a lower initial dose of the benzodiazepine or other CNS depressant than indicated in the absence of an opioid, and titrate based on clinical response.

If an opioid analgesic is initiated in a patient already taking a benzodiazepine or other CNS depressant, prescribe a lower initial dose of the opioid analgesic, and titrate based on clinical response.

Follow patients closely for signs and symptoms of respiratory depression and sedation.

Advise both patients and caregivers about the risks of respiratory depression and sedation when Methadone Hydrochloride Injection is used with benzodiazepines or other CNS depressants (including alcohol and illicit drugs).

Advise patients not to drive or operate heavy machinery until the effects of concomitant use of the benzodiazepine or other CNS depressant have been determined.

Screen patients for risk of substance use disorders, including opioid abuse and misuse, and warn them of the risk for overdose and death associated with the use of additional CNS depressants including alcohol and illicit drugs (see PRECAUTIONS: Drug Interactions , Information for Patients ).

Serotonin Syndrome with Concomitant Use of Serotonergic Drugs Cases of serotonin syndrome, a potentially life-threatening condition, have been reported during concomitant use of methadone with serotonergic drugs.

Serotonergic drugs include selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs), serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs), tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs), triptans, 5-HT3 receptor antagonists, drugs that affect the serotonergic neurotransmitter system (e.g., mirtazapine, trazodone, tramadol), certain muscle relaxants (i.e., cyclobenzaprine, metaxalone), and drugs that impair metabolism of serotonin (including MAO inhibitors, both those intended to treat psychiatric disorders and also others, such as linezolid and intravenous methylene blue) (see PRECAUTIONS: Drug Interactions ).

This may occur within the recommended dosage range.

Serotonin syndrome symptoms may include mental status changes (e.g., agitation, hallucinations, coma), autonomic instability (e.g., tachycardia, labile blood pressure, hyperthermia), neuromuscular aberrations (e.g., hyperreflexia, incoordination, rigidity), and/or gastrointestinal symptoms (e.g., nausea, vomiting, diarrhea).

The onset of symptoms generally occurs within several hours to a few days of concomitant use, but may occur later than that.

Discontinue Methadone Hydrochloride Injection if serotonin syndrome is suspected.

Adrenal Insufficiency Cases of adrenal insufficiency have been reported with opioid use, more often following greater than one month of use.

Presentation of adrenal insufficiency may include non-specific symptoms and signs including nausea, vomiting, anorexia, fatigue, weakness, dizziness, and low blood pressure.

If adrenal insufficiency is suspected, confirm the diagnosis with diagnostic testing as soon as possible.

If adrenal insufficiency is diagnosed, treat with physiologic replacement doses of corticosteroids.

Wean the patient off of the opioid to allow adrenal function to recover and continue corticosteroid treatment until adrenal function recovers.

Other opioids may be tried as some cases reported use of a different opioid without recurrence of adrenal insufficiency.

The information available does not identify any particular opioids as being more likely to be associated with adrenal insufficiency.

Severe Hypotension Methadone Hydrochloride Injection may cause severe hypotension including orthostatic hypotension and syncope in ambulatory patients.

There is increased risk in patients whose ability to maintain blood pressure has already been compromised by a reduced blood volume, or concurrent administration of certain CNS depressant drugs (e.g., phenothiazines or general anesthetics).

Monitor these patients for signs of hypotension after initiating or titrating the dosage of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection.

In patients with circulatory shock, Methadone Hydrochloride Injection may cause vasodilation that can further reduce cardiac output and blood pressure.

Avoid the use of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection in patients with circulatory shock.

Risks of Use in Patients with Increased Intracranial Pressure, Brain Tumors, Head Injury, or Impaired Consciousness In patients who may be susceptible to the intracranial effects of CO 2 retention (e.g., those with evidence of increased intracranial pressure or brain tumors), Methadone Hydrochloride Injection may reduce respiratory drive, and the resultant CO 2 retention can further increase intracranial pressure.

Monitor such patients for signs of sedation and respiratory depression, particularly when initiating therapy with Methadone Hydrochloride Injection.

Opioids may also obscure the clinical course in a patient with a head injury.

Avoid the use of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection in patients with impaired consciousness or coma.

Risks of Use in Patients with Gastrointestinal Conditions Methadone Hydrochloride Injection is contraindicated in patients with known or suspected gastrointestinal obstruction, including paralytic ileus.

The methadone in Methadone Hydrochloride Injection may cause spasm of the sphincter of Oddi.

Opioids may cause increases in the serum amylase.

Monitor patients with biliary tract disease, including acute pancreatitis, for worsening symptoms.

Increased Risk of Seizures in Patients with Seizure Disorders The methadone in Methadone Hydrochloride Injection may increase the frequency of seizures in patients with seizure disorders, and may increase the risk of seizures in other clinical settings associated with seizures.

Monitor patients with a history of seizure disorders for worsened seizure control during Methadone Hydrochloride Injection therapy.

Withdrawal Avoid the use of mixed agonist/antagonist (i.e., pentazocine, nalbuphine, and butorphanol) or partial agonist (e.g., buprenorphine) analgesics in patients who are receiving a full opioid agonist, including Methadone Hydrochloride Injection.

In these patients, mixed agonists/antagonist and partial agonist analgesics may reduce the analgesic effect and/or may precipitate withdrawal symptoms (see PRECAUTIONS: Drug Interactions ).

When discontinuing Methadone Hydrochloride Injection, gradually taper the dosage (see DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION ) .

Do not abruptly discontinue Methadone Hydrochloride Injection (see DRUG ABUSE AND DEPENDENCE ).

Risks Driving and Operating Machinery Methadone Hydrochloride Injection may impair the mental or physical abilities needed to perform potentially hazardous activities such as driving a car or operating machinery.

Warn patients not to drive or operate dangerous machinery unless they are tolerant to the effects of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection and know how they will react to the medication (see PRECAUTIONS: Information for Patients ).

DRUG INTERACTIONS

Drug Interactions Inhibitors of CYP3A4, CYP2B6, CYP2C19, CYP2C9, or CYP2D6 Clinical Impact: Methadone undergoes hepatic N-demethylation by several cytochrome P450 (CYP) isoforms, including CYP3A4, CYP2B6, CYP2C19, CYP2C9, and CYP2D6.

The concomitant use of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection and CYP3A4, CYP2B6, CYP2C19, CYP2C9, or CYP2D6 inhibitors can increase the plasma concentration of methadone, resulting in increased or prolonged opioid effects, and may result in a fatal overdose, particularly when an inhibitor is added after a stable dose of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection is achieved.

These effects may be more pronounced with concomitant use of drugs that inhibit more than one of the CYP enzymes listed above.

After stopping a CYP3A4, CYP2B6, CYP2C19, CYP2C9, or CYP2D6 inhibitor, as the effects of the inhibitor decline, the methadone plasma concentration can decrease (see CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY ), resulting in decreased opioid efficacy or withdrawal symptoms in patients physically dependent on methadone.

Intervention: If concomitant use is necessary, consider dosage reduction of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection until stable drug effects are achieved.

Monitor patients for respiratory depression and sedation at frequent intervals.

If a CYP3A4, CYP2B6, CYP2C19, CYP2C9, or CYP2D6 inhibitor is discontinued, follow patients for signs of opioid withdrawal and consider increasing the Methadone Hydrochloride Injection dosage until stable drug effects are achieved.

Examples: Macrolide antibiotics (e.g., erythromycin), azole-antifungal agents (e.g.

ketoconazole), protease inhibitors (e.g., ritonavir), fluconazole, fluvoxamine, Some selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) (e.g., sertraline, fluvoxamine) Inducers of CYP3A4, CYP2B6, CYP2C19, or CYP2C9 Clinical Impact: The concomitant use of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection and CYP3A4, CYP2B6, CYP2C19, or CYP2C9 inducers can decrease the plasma concentration of methadone (see CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY ), resulting in decreased efficacy or onset of withdrawal symptoms in patients physically dependent on methadone.

These effects could be more pronounced with concomitant use of drugs that can induce multiple CYP enzymes.

After stopping a CYP3A4, CYP2B6, CYP2C19, or CYP2C9 inducer, as the effects of the inducer decline, the methadone plasma concentration can increase (see CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY ), which could increase or prolong both the therapeutic effects and adverse reactions, and may cause serious respiratory depression, sedation, or death.

Intervention: If concomitant use is necessary, consider increasing the Methadone Hydrochloride Injection dosage until stable drug effects are achieved.

Monitor for signs of opioid withdrawal.

If a CYP3A4, CYP2B6, CYP2C19, or CYP2C9 inducer is discontinued, consider Methadone Hydrochloride Injection dosage reduction and monitor for signs of respiratory depression and sedation.

Examples: Rifampin, carbamazepine, phenytoin, St.

John’s Wort, Phenobarbital Benzodiazepines and other Central Nervous System (CNS) Depressants Clinical Impact: Due to additive pharmacologic effect, the concomitant use of benzodiazepines or other CNS depressants including alcohol, increases the risk of respiratory depression, profound sedation, coma, and death.

Intervention: Reserve concomitant prescribing of these drugs for use in patients for whom alternative treatment options are inadequate.

Limit dosages and durations to the minimum required.

Follow patients closely for signs of respiratory depression and sedation (see WARNINGS , PRECAUTIONS ).

Examples: Benzodiazepines and other sedatives/hypnotics, anxiolytics, tranquilizers, muscle relaxants, general anesthetics, antipsychotics, other opioids, alcohol.

Potentially Arrhythmogenic Agents Clinical Impact: Pharmacodynamic interactions may occur with concomitant use of methadone and potentially arrhythmogenic agents or drugs capable of inducing electrolyte disturbances (hypomagnesemia, hypokalemia).

Intervention: Monitor patients closely for cardiac conduction changes.

Examples: Drugs known to have potential to prolong QT interval : Class I and III antiarrhythmics, some neuroleptics and tricyclic antidepressants, and calcium channel blockers.

Drugs capable of inducing electrolyte disturbances : Diuretics, laxatives, and, in rare cases, mineralocortocoid hormones.

Serotonergic Drugs Clinical Impact: The concomitant use of opioids with other drugs that affect the serotonergic neurotransmitter system has resulted in serotonin syndrome (see WARNINGS , PRECAUTIONS ).

Intervention: If concomitant use is warranted, carefully observe the patient, particularly during treatment initiation and dose adjustment.

Discontinue Methadone Hydrochloride Injection if serotonin syndrome is suspected.

Examples: Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs), serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs), tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs), triptans, 5-HT3 receptor antagonists, drugs that effect the serotonin neurotransmitter system (e.g., mirtazapine, trazodone, tramadol), certain muscle relaxants (i.e., cyclobenzaprine, metaxalone), monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitors (those intended to treat psychiatric disorders and also others, such as linezolid and intravenous methylene blue).

Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors (MAOIs) Clinical Impact: MAOI interactions with opioids may manifest as serotonin syndrome (see PRECAUTIONS ) or opioid toxicity (e.g., respiratory depression, coma) (see PRECAUTIONS ) .

Intervention: The use of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection is not recommended for patients taking MAOIs or within 14 days of stopping such treatment.

Mixed Agonist/Antagonist and Partial Agonist Opioid Analgesics Clinical Impact: May reduce the analgesic effect of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection and/or precipitate withdrawal symptoms.

Intervention: Avoid concomitant use.

Examples: butorphanol, nalbuphine, pentazocine, buprenorphine Muscle Relaxants Clinical Impact: Methadone may enhance the neuromuscular blocking action of skeletal muscle relaxants and produce an increased degree of respiratory depression.

Intervention: Monitor patients for signs of respiratory depression that may be greater than otherwise expected and decrease the dosage of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection and/or the muscle relaxant as necessary.

Diuretics Clinical Impact: Opioids can reduce the efficacy of diuretics by inducing the release of antidiuretic hormone.

Intervention: Monitor patients for signs of diminished diuresis and/or effects on blood pressure and increase the dosage of the diuretic as needed.

Anticholinergic Drugs Clinical Impact: The concomitant use of anticholinergic drugs may increase risk of urinary retention and/or severe constipation, which may lead to paralytic ileus.

Intervention: Monitor patients for signs of urinary retention or reduced gastric motility when Methadone Hydrochloride Injection is used concomitantly with anticholinergic drugs.

Anti-Retroviral Agents Nevirapine Based on the known metabolism of methadone, nevirapine may decrease plasma concentrations of methadone by increasing its hepatic metabolism.

Opioid withdrawal syndrome has been reported in patients treated with nevirapine and methadone concomitantly.

Methadone-maintained patients beginning nevirapine therapy should be monitored for evidence of withdrawal and methadone dose should be adjusted accordingly.

Efavirenz Coadministration of efavirenz in HIV-infected methadone-maintenance patients has resulted in decreased methadone plasma concentrations of methadone associated with signs of opioid withdrawal, and necessitating increases in methadone dose.

Ritonavir and Ritonavir/Lopinavir Reduced plasma methadone levels have been observed after administration of ritonavir alone or ritonavir/lopinavir combination.

Withdrawal symptoms were however, inconsistently observed.

Caution is warranted when administering methadone to patients receiving ritonavir-containing regimens in addition to other drugs known to decrease methadone plasma levels.

Zidovudine Experimental evidence suggests that methadone increases the area under the concentration-time curve (AUC) of zidovudine with possible toxic effects.

Didanosine and Stavudine Experimental evidence suggests that methadone decreased the AUC and peak levels for didanosine and stavudine, with a more significant decrease for didanosine.

Methadone disposition was not substantially altered.

Desipramine Blood levels of desipramine have increased with concurrent methadone therapy.

OVERDOSAGE

Clinical Presentation Acute overdose with Methadone Hydrochloride Injection can be manifested by respiratory depression, somnolence progressing to stupor or coma, skeletal muscle flaccidity, cold and clammy skin, constricted pupils, and, in some cases, pulmonary edema, bradycardia, hypotension, partial or complete airway obstruction, atypical snoring, and death.

Marked mydriasis rather than miosis may be seen with hypoxia in overdose situations.

Treatment of Overdose In the case of overdose, priorities are the reestablishment of a patent and protected airway and institution of assisted or controlled ventilation, if needed.

Employ other supportive measures (including oxygen and vasopressors) in the management of circulatory shock and pulmonary edema as indicated.

Cardiac arrest or arrhythmias will require advanced life-support techniques.

The opioid antagonists, naloxone or nalmefene, are specific antidotes to respiratory depression resulting from opioid overdose.

For clinically significant respiratory or circulatory depression secondary to methadone overdose, administer an opioid antagonist.

Opioid antagonists should not be administered in the absence of clinically significant respiratory or circulatory depression secondary to methadone overdose.

The physician must remember that methadone is a long-acting depressant (36 to 48 hours), whereas the antagonists act for much shorter periods (one to three hours).

Because the duration of opioid reversal is expected to be less than the duration of action of methadone in Methadone Hydrochloride Injection, carefully monitor the patient until spontaneous respiration is reliably reestablished.

If the response to an opioid antagonist is suboptimal or only brief in nature, administer additional antagonist as directed by the product’s prescribing information.

In an individual physically dependent on opioids, the administration of the usual dose of an opioid antagonist will precipitate an acute withdrawal syndrome.

The severity of the withdrawal symptoms experienced will depend on the degree of physical dependence and the dose of the antagonist administered.

If a decision is made to treat serious respiratory depression in the physically dependent patient, administration of the antagonist should be initiated with care and by titration with smaller than usual doses of the antagonist.

DESCRIPTION

Methadone Hydrochloride Injection USP, 10 mg/mL is an opioid analgesic.

Each milliliter of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection contains 10 mg (0.029 mmol) of methadone hydrochloride, equivalent to 8.95 mg of methadone free base.

Methadone hydrochloride is a white, crystalline material that is water-soluble.

Methadone hydrochloride is chemically described as 6-(dimethylamino)-4,4-diphenyl-3-hepatanone hydrochloride.

Its molecular formula is C 21 H 27 NO•HCl and it has a molecular weight of 345.91.

Methadone hydrochloride has a melting point of 235°C, and a pKa of 8.25 in water at 20°C.

Its octanol/water partition coefficient at pH 7.4 is 117.

A solution (1:100) in water has a pH between 4.5 and 6.5.

Methadone hydrochloride has the following structural formula: Methadone Hydrochloride Injection is a sterile injectable solution containing the following inactive ingredients: chlorobutanol, 0.5%, as a preservative, and sodium chloride.

The pH of the sterile injectable solution may have been adjusted during manufacturing with sodium hydroxide and/or hydrochloric acid.

Methadone Hydrochloride Structural Formula

HOW SUPPLIED

Methadone Hydrochloride Injection USP, 200 mg/20 mL (10 mg/mL) is available in: NDC 67457-217-20 20 mL Multi-Dose Vials: One vial per carton Store at 20° to 25°C (68° to 77°F), with excursions permitted between 15° to 30°C (59° to 86°F).

[See USP Controlled Room Temperature.] Protect from light.

Store in carton until contents have been used.

Manufactured for: Mylan Institutional LLC Rockford, IL 61103 U.S.A.

Manufactured by: Alcami Corporation Charleston, SC 29405 U.S.A.

PC-3374H Revised: 10/2019 MI:MTHDIJ:R5

GERIATRIC USE

Geriatric Use Clinical studies of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection did not include sufficient numbers of subjects aged 65 and over to determine whether they respond differently from younger subjects.

Other reported clinical experience has not identified differences in responses between the elderly and younger patients.

Elderly patients (aged 65 years or older) may have increased sensitivity to methadone.

In general, use caution when selecting a dosage for an elderly patient, usually starting at the low end of the dosing range, reflecting the greater frequency of decreased hepatic, renal, or cardiac function and of concomitant disease or other drug therapy.

Respiratory depression is the chief risk for elderly patients treated with opioids, and has occurred after large initial doses were administered to patients who were not opioid-tolerant or when opioids were co-administered with other agents that depress respiration.

Titrate the dosage of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection slowly in geriatric patients and monitor closely for signs of respiratory depression (see WARNINGS , PRECAUTIONS ).

Methadone is known to be substantially excreted by the kidney, and the risk of adverse reactions to this drug may be greater in patients with impaired renal function.

Because elderly patients are more likely to have decreased renal function, care should be taken in dose selection, and it may be useful to monitor renal function.

MECHANISM OF ACTION

Mechanism of Action Methadone hydrochloride is a mu-agonist; a synthetic opioid analgesic with multiple actions qualitatively similar to those of morphine, the most prominent of which involve the central nervous system and organs composed of smooth muscle.

The principal therapeutic uses for methadone are for analgesia and for detoxification or maintenance in opioid addiction.

The methadone abstinence syndrome, although qualitatively similar to that of morphine, differs in that the onset is slower, the course is more prolonged, and the symptoms are less severe.

Some data also indicate that methadone acts as an antagonist at the N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) receptor.

The contribution of NMDA receptor antagonism to methadone’s efficacy is unknown.

INDICATIONS AND USAGE

1.

For the management of pain severe enough to require an opioid analgesic and for which alternative treatment options are inadequate.

Limitations of Use Because of the risks of addiction, abuse, and misuse with opioids, even at recommended doses (see WARNINGS: Addiction, Abuse, and Misuse ) reserve Methadone Hydrochloride Injection for use in patients for whom alternative treatment options [e.g., non-opioid analgesics or opioid combination products]: • Have not been tolerated, or are not expected to be tolerated, • Have not provided adequate analgesia, or are not expected to provide adequate analgesia.

2.

For use in temporary treatment of opioid dependence in patients unable to take oral medication.

Limitations of Use • Injectable methadone products are not approved for the outpatient treatment of opioid dependence.

In this patient population, parenteral methadone is to be used only for patients unable to take oral medication, such as hospitalized patients.

Conditions for Distribution and Use of Methadone Products for the Treatment of Opioid Addiction Code of Federal Regulations, Title 42, Sec 8.

Methadone products when used for the treatment of opioid addiction in detoxification or maintenance programs, shall be dispensed only by opioid treatment programs (and agencies, practitioners or institutions by formal agreement with the program sponsor) certified by the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration and approved by the designated state authority.

Certified treatment programs shall dispense and use methadone in oral form only and according to the treatment requirements stipulated in the Federal Opioid Treatment Standards (42 CFR 8.12).

See below for important regulatory exceptions to the general requirement for certification to provide opioid agonist treatment.

Failure to abide by the requirements in these regulations may result in criminal prosecution, seizure of the drug supply, revocation of the program approval, and injunction precluding operation of the program.

Regulatory Exceptions to the General Requirement for Certification to Provide Opioid Agonist Treatment: During inpatient care, when the patient was admitted for any condition other than concurrent opioid addiction (pursuant to 21CFR 1306.07(c)), to facilitate the treatment of the primary admitting diagnosis.

During an emergency period of no longer than 3 days while definitive care for the addiction is being sought in an appropriately licensed facility (pursuant to 21CFR 1306.07(b)).

PEDIATRIC USE

Pediatric Use Safety and effectiveness in pediatric patients below the age of 18 years have not been established.

PREGNANCY

Pregnancy There are no pharmacokinetic studies of parenteral methadone in pregnancy.

The disposition of oral methadone has been studied in approximately 30 pregnant patients in 2 nd and 3 rd trimesters.

Elimination of methadone was significantly changed in pregnancy.

Total body clearance of methadone was increased in pregnant patients compared to the same patients postpartum or to non-pregnant opioid-dependent women.

The terminal half-life of methadone is decreased during second and third trimesters.

The decrease in plasma half-life and increased clearance of methadone resulting in lower methadone trough levels during pregnancy can lead to withdrawal symptoms in some pregnant patients.

The dosage may need to be increased or the dosing interval decreased in pregnant patients receiving methadone (see DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION ).

BOXED WARNING

WARNING: ADDICTION, ABUSE, AND MISUSE; LIFE-THREATENING RESPIRATORY DEPRESSION; LIFE-THREATENING QT PROLONGATION; NEONATAL OPIOID WITHDRAWAL SYNDROME; INTERACTIONS WITH DRUGS AFFECTING CYTOCHROME P450 ISOENZYMES; RISKS FROM CONCOMITANT USE WITH BENZODIAZEPINES OR OTHER CNS DEPRESSANTS; and TREATMENT OF OPIOID ADDICTION Addiction, Abuse, and Misuse Methadone Hydrochloride Injection exposes patients and other users to the risks of opioid addiction, abuse, and misuse, which can lead to overdose and death.

Assess each patient’s risk prior to prescribing Methadone Hydrochloride Injection, and monitor all patients regularly for the development of these behaviors and conditions (see WARNINGS ).

Life-Threatening Respiratory Depression Serious, life-threatening, or fatal respiratory depression may occur with use of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection.

The peak respiratory depressant effect of methadone occurs later, and persists longer than the peak analgesic effect, especially during the initial dosing period.

Monitor for respiratory depression, especially during initiation of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection or following a dose increase (see WARNINGS ).

Life-Threatening QT Prolongation QT interval prolongation and serious arrhythmia (torsades de pointes) have occurred during treatment with methadone.

Most cases involve patients being treated for pain with large, multiple daily doses of methadone, although cases have been reported in patients receiving doses commonly used for maintenance treatment of opioid addiction.

Closely monitor patients with risk factors for development of prolonged QT interval, a history of cardiac conduction abnormalities, and those taking medications affecting cardiac conduction for changes in cardiac rhythm during initiation and titration of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection (see WARNINGS ).

Neonatal Opioid Withdrawal Syndrome Neonatal opioid withdrawal syndrome (NOWS) is an expected and treatable outcome of use of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection during pregnancy.

NOWS may be life-threatening if not recognized and treated in the neonate.

The balance between the risks of NOWS and the benefits of maternal Methadone Hydrochloride Injection use may differ based on the risks associated with the mother’s underlying condition, pain, or addiction.

Advise the patient of the risk of NOWS so that appropriate planning for management of the neonate can occur (see WARNINGS ).

Interactions with Drugs Affecting Cytochrome P450 Isoenzymes The concomitant use of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection with all cytochrome P450 3A4, 2B6, 2C19, 2C9 or 2D6 inhibitors may result in an increase in methadone plasma concentrations, which could cause potentially fatal respiratory depression.

In addition, discontinuation of concomitantly used cytochrome P450 3A4 2B6, 2C19, or 2C9 inducers may also result in an increase in methadone plasma concentration.

Follow patients closely for respiratory depression and sedation, and consider dosage reduction with any changes of concomitant medications that result in an increase in methadone levels (see WARNINGS , PRECAUTIONS: Drug Interactions ).

Risks From Concomitant Use with Benzodiazepines or Other CNS Depressants Concomitant use of opioids with benzodiazepines or other central nervous system (CNS) depressants, including alcohol, may result in profound sedation, respiratory depression, coma, and death (see WARNINGS , PRECAUTIONS: Drug Interactions ).

• Reserve concomitant prescribing of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection and benzodiazepines or other CNS depressants for use in patients for whom alternative treatment options are inadequate.

• Limit dosages and durations to the minimum required.

• Follow patients for signs and symptoms of respiratory depression and sedation.

Conditions for Distribution and Use of Methadone Products for the Treatment of Opioid Addiction For detoxification and maintenance of opioid dependence, methadone should be administered in accordance with the treatment standards cited in 42 CFR Section 8, including limitations on unsupervised administration (see INDICATIONS AND USAGE ).

INFORMATION FOR PATIENTS

Information for Patients Addiction, Abuse, and Misuse Inform patients that the use of Methadone Hydrochloride Injection, even when taken as recommended, can result in addiction, abuse, and misuse, which can lead to overdose or death (see WARNINGS ).

Instruct patients not to share Methadone Hydrochloride Injection with others and to take steps to protect Methadone Hydrochloride Injection from theft or misuse.

Life-Threatening Respiratory Depression Inform patients of the risk of life-threatening respiratory depression, including information that the risk is greatest when starting Methadone Hydrochloride Injection or when the dosage is increased, and that it can occur even at recommended dosages (see WARNINGS ).

Advise patients how to recognize respiratory depression and to seek medical attention if breathing difficulties develop.

Symptoms of Arrhythmia Instruct patients to seek medical attention immediately if they experience symptoms suggestive of an arrhythmia (such as palpitations, near syncope, or syncope) when taking methadone (see WARNINGS ).

Interactions with Benzodiazepines and Other CNS Depressants Inform patients and caregivers that potentially fatal additive effects may occur if Methadone Hydrochloride Injection are used with benzodiazepines or other CNS depressants, including alcohol, and not to use these concomitantly unless supervised by a health care provider (see WARNINGS , PRECAUTIONS: Drug Interactions ).

Serotonin Syndrome Inform patients that opioids could cause a rare but potentially life-threatening condition resulting from concomitant administration of serotonergic drugs.

Warn patients of the symptoms of serotonin syndrome and to seek medical attention right away if symptoms develop.

Instruct patients to inform their physicians if they are taking, or plan to take serotonergic medications (see WARNINGS , PRECAUTIONS: Drug Interactions ).

MAOI Interaction Inform patients to avoid taking Methadone Hydrochloride Injection while using any drugs that inhibit monoamine oxidase.

Patients should not start MAOIs while taking Methadone Hydrochloride Injection (see PRECAUTIONS: Drug Interactions ).

Adrenal Insufficiency Inform patients that opioids could cause adrenal insufficiency, a potentially life-threatening condition.

Adrenal insufficiency may present with non-specific symptoms and signs such as nausea, vomiting, anorexia, fatigue, weakness, dizziness, and low blood pressure.

Advise patients to seek medical attention if they experience a constellation of these symptoms (see WARNINGS ).

Hypotension Inform patients that Methadone Hydrochloride Injection may cause orthostatic hypotension and syncope.

Instruct patients how to recognize symptoms of low blood pressure and how to reduce the risk of serious consequences should hypotension occur (e.g., sit or lie down, carefully rise from a sitting or lying position) (see WARNINGS ).

Anaphylaxis Inform patients that anaphylaxis has been reported with ingredients contained Methadone Hydrochloride Injection.

Advise patients how to recognize such a reaction and when to seek medical attention (see CONTRAINDICATIONS , ADVERSE REACTIONS ).

Pregnancy Neonatal Opioid Withdrawal Syndrome Advise women that if they are pregnant while being treated with Methadone Hydrochloride Injection, the baby may have signs of withdrawal at birth and that withdrawal is treatable (see BOXED WARNING , WARNINGS: Neonatal Opioid Withdrawal Syndrome , PRECAUTIONS: Pregnancy ) Embryo-Fetal Toxicity Inform female patients of reproductive potential that Methadone Hydrochloride Injection can cause fetal harm and to inform their healthcare provider of a known or suspected pregnancy (see PRECAUTIONS: Pregnancy ).

Lactation Instruct nursing mothers using Methadone Hydrochloride Injection to watch for signs of methadone toxicity in their infants, which include increased sleepiness (more than usual), difficulty breastfeeding, breathing difficulties, or limpness.

Instruct nursing mothers to talk to the baby’s healthcare provider immediately if they notice these signs.

If they cannot reach the healthcare provider right away, instruct them to take the baby to the emergency room or call 911 (or local emergency services) (see PRECAUTIONS: Lactation ).

Infertility Inform patients that chronic use of opioids may cause reduced fertility.

It is not known whether these effects on fertility are reversible (see PRECAUTIONS: Females and Males of Reproductive Potential ).

Driving or Operating Heavy Machinery Inform patients that Methadone Hydrochloride Injection may impair the ability to perform potentially hazardous activities such as driving a car or operating heavy machinery.

Advise patients not to perform such tasks until they know how they will react to the medication (see WARNINGS ).

Constipation Advise patients of the potential for severe constipation, including management instructions and when to seek medical attention (see CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY: Pharmacodynamics , ADVERSE REACTIONS ).

DOSAGE AND ADMINISTRATION

Important General Information Consider the following important factors that differentiate methadone from other opioids: • The peak respiratory depressant effect of methadone occurs later and persists longer than its peak pharmacologic effect.

• A high degree of opioid tolerance does not eliminate the possibility of methadone overdose, iatrogenic or otherwise.

Deaths have been reported during conversion to methadone from chronic, high-dose treatment with other opioid agonists and during initiation of methadone treatment of addiction in subjects previously abusing high doses of other opioid agonists.

• There is high interpatient variability in absorption, metabolism, and relative analgesic potency.

Population-based conversion ratios between methadone and other opioids are not accurate when applied to individuals.

• With repeated dosing, methadone is retained in the liver and then slowly released, prolonging the duration of potential toxicity.

• Steady-state plasma concentrations are not attained until 3 to 5 days after initiation of dosing .

• Methadone has a narrow therapeutic index, especially when combined with other drugs.

Methadone Hydrochloride Injection for Management of Pain Methadone Hydrochloride Injection should be prescribed only by healthcare professionals who are knowledgeable in the use of potent opioids for the management of chronic pain.

Consider the following important factors that differentiate methadone from other opioid analgesics: • There is high interpatient variability in absorption, metabolism, and relative analgesic potency.

Population-based equianalgesic conversion ratios between methadone and other opioids are not accurate when applied to individuals.

• The duration of analgesic action of methadone is 4 to 8 hours (based on single-dose studies) but the plasma elimination half-life is 8 to 59 hours.

• With repeated dosing, the potency of methadone increases due to systemic accumulation.

• Steady-state plasma concentrations, and full analgesic effects, are not attained until at least 3 to 5 days on a dose, and may take longer in some patients.

Use the lowest effective dosage for the shortest duration consistent with individual patient treatment goals (see WARNINGS ).

Initiate the dosing regimen for each patient individually, taking into account the patient’s severity of pain, patient response, prior analgesic treatment experience, and risk factors for addiction, abuse, and misuse (see WARNINGS ).

Monitor patients closely for respiratory depression, especially within the first 24 to 72 hours of initiating therapy and following dosage increases with Methadone Hydrochloride Injection and adjust the dosage accordingly (see WARNINGS ).

Methadone Hydrochloride Injection may be administered intravenously, subcutaneously or intramuscularly.

The absorption of subcutaneous and intramuscular methadone has not been well characterized and appears to be unpredictable.

Local tissue reactions may occur.

Parenteral products should be inspected visually for particulate matter and discoloration prior to administration, whenever solution and container permit.

Initiation of Therapy in Opioid Non-Tolerant Patients When parenteral methadone is used as the first analgesic in patients who are not already being treated with, and tolerant to, opioids, the usual intravenous methadone starting dose is 2.5 mg to 10 mg every 8 to 12 hours, slowly titrated to effect.

More frequent administration may be required during methadone initiation in order to maintain adequate analgesia, and extreme caution is necessary to avoid overdosage, taking into account methadone’s long elimination half-life.

Conversion from Oral Methadone to Parenteral Methadone Conversion from oral methadone to parenteral methadone should initially use a 2:1 dose ratio (e.g., 10 mg oral methadone to 5 mg parenteral methadone).

Switching Patients to Parenteral Methadone from Other Chronic Opioids Switching a patient from another chronically administered opioid to methadone requires caution due to the uncertainty of dose conversion ratios and incomplete cross-tolerance.

Deaths have occurred in opioid tolerant patients during conversion to methadone.

The potency of methadone relative to other opioid analgesics is nonlinear and increases with increasing dose.

Table 1 provides an estimated conversion factor for use when converting patients from another opioid to methadone.

Because of the high inter-patient variability in absorption, metabolism, and relative potency, it is critical to avoid overestimating the methadone dose which can lead to fatal respiratory depression.

It is safer to underestimate a patient’s 24-hour methadone dosage and provide rescue medication (e.g., immediate-release opioid) than to overestimate the 24-hour methadone dosage and manage an adverse reaction due to an overdose.

The dose conversion scheme below is derived from various consensus guidelines for converting chronic pain patients to methadone from morphine.

The guidelines used to construct this table, however, were all designed for converting patients from oral morphine to oral methadone.

The third column assumes a 2:1 ratio for converting from oral to intravenous methadone.

Clinicians should consult published conversion guidelines to determine the equivalent morphine dose for patients converting from other opioids.

Consider the following when using the information in Table 1: • This is not a table of equianalgesic doses.

• The conversion factors in this table are only for the conversion from another oral opioid analgesic to methadone hydrochloride tablets.

• The table cannot be used to convert from methadone hydrochloride tablets to another opioid.

Doing so will result in an overestimation of the dose of the new opioid and may result in fatal overdose.

Table 1.

Oral Morphine to Intravenous Methadone Conversion for Chronic Administration Total Daily Baseline Oral Morphine Dose Estimated Daily Oral Methadone Requirement as Percent of Total Daily Morphine Dose Estimated Daily Intravenous Methadone as Percent of Total Daily Oral Morphine Dose The total daily methadone dose derived from the table above may then be divided to reflect the intended dosing schedule (i.e., for administration every 8 hours, divide total daily methadone dose by 3).

1000 mg < 5% < 3% Table 2.

Parenteral Morphine to Intravenous Methadone Conversion for Chronic Administration (Derived from Table 1, Assuming a 3:1 Oral:Parenteral Morphine Ratio) Total Daily Baseline Parenteral Morphine Dose Estimated Daily Parenteral Methadone Requirement as Percent of Total Daily Morphine Dose The total daily methadone dose derived from the table above may then be divided to reflect the intended dosing schedule (i.e., for administration every 8 hours, divide total daily methadone dose by 3).

10 mg to 30 mg 40% to 66% 30 mg to 50 mg 27% to 66% 50 mg to 100 mg 22% to 50% 100 mg to 200 mg 15% to 34% 200 mg to 500 mg 10% to 20% Note: Equianalgesic methadone dosing varies not only between patients, but also within the same patient, depending on baseline morphine (or other opioid) dose.

Tables 1 and 2 have been included in order to illustrate this concept and to provide a safe starting point for opioid conversion.

Methadone dosing should not be based solely on these tables.

Methadone conversion and dose titration methods should always be individualized to account for the patient’s prior opioid exposure, general medical condition, concomitant medication, and anticipated breakthrough medication use.

The endpoint of titration is achievement of adequate pain relief, balanced against tolerability of opioid side effects.

If a patient develops intolerable opioid related side effects, the methadone dose, or dosing interval, may need to be decreased.

Methadone Hydrochloride Injection for Treatment of Opioid Dependence Detoxification and Maintenance Treatment of Opioid Dependence For detoxification and maintenance of opiate dependence, methadone should be administered in accordance with the treatment standards cited in 42CFR Section 8.12, including limitations on unsupervised administration.

Injectable methadone products are not approved for the outpatient treatment of opioid dependence.

Parenteral methadone should be used only for patients who are unable to take oral medication, such as during hospitalization.

The patient’s oral methadone dose should be converted to an equivalent parenteral dose using the considerations above.

Risk of Relapse in Patients on Methadone Maintenance Treatment of Opioid Addiction Abrupt opioid discontinuation can lead to development of opioid withdrawal symptoms (see PRECAUTIONS ).

Presentation of these symptoms has been associated with an increased risk of susceptible patients to relapse to illicit drug use and should be considered when assessing the risks and benefit of methadone use.

Considerations for Management of Acute Pain During Methadone Maintenance Treatment Maintenance patients on a stable dose of methadone who experience physical trauma, postoperative pain or other causes of acute pain cannot be expected to derive analgesia from their stable dose of methadone regimens.

Such patients should be given analgesics, including opioids, that would be indicated in other patients experiencing similar nociceptive stimulation.

Due to the opioid tolerance induced by methadone, when opioids are required for management of acute pain in methadone patients, somewhat higher and/or more frequent doses will often be required than would be the case for other, non-tolerant patients.

Dosage Adjustment During Pregnancy Methadone clearance may be increased during pregnancy.

Several small studies have demonstrated significantly lower trough methadone plasma concentrations and shorter methadone half-lives in women during their pregnancy compared to after their delivery.

During pregnancy a woman’s methadone dose may need to be increased, or their dosing interval decreased.

Methadone should be used in pregnancy only if the potential benefit justifies the potential risk to the fetus.